HomeMy WebLinkAbout2015/03/09 - ADMIN - Agenda Packets - City Council - Study SessionAGENDA
MARCH 9, 2015
6:30 p.m. CITY COUNCIL STUDY SESSION – Community Room
Discussion Items
1. 6:30 p.m. Future Study Session Agenda Planning – March 16 and March 23, 2015
2. 6:35 p.m. Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)
3. 7:05 p.m. Update on Post Discharge Pilot Program with Park Nicollet Healthcare/Methodist
Hospital
4. 7:35 p.m. 2015 Connect the Park!
8:20 p.m. Communications/Meeting Check-In (Verbal)
8:25 p.m. Adjourn
Written Reports
5. Update on Hennepin County Ordinance Relating to E-Cigarettes
6. 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report
7. Ottawa Avenue Parking Restrictions (between W. 28th Street and Highway 25)
8. Minnesota State Residential Code Update
9. Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction Projects
Auxiliary aids for individuals with disabilities are available upon request.
To make arrangements, please call the Administration Department at
952/924-2525 (TDD 952/924-2518) at least 96 hours in advance of meeting.
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 23, 2015
Discussion Item: 1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Future Study Session Agenda Planning – March 16 and March 23, 2015
RECOMMENDED ACTION: The City Council and the City Manager to set the agenda for a
Special Study Session on March 16 and the regularly scheduled Study Session on March 23,
2015.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Does the Council agree with the agendas as proposed?
SUMMARY: At each study session approximately five minutes are set aside to discuss the next
study session agenda. For this purpose, attached please find the proposed discussion items for a
Special Study Session on March 16 and the regularly scheduled Study Session on March 23,
2015.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
VISION CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Future Study Session Agenda Planning - March 16 & 23, 2015
Prepared by: Debbie Fischer, Office Assistant
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 1) Page 2
Title: Future Study Session Agenda Planning – March 16 and March 23, 2015
Special Study Session, March 16, 2015 – 6:30 p.m.
Tentative Discussion Items
1. 40th and France Property - Administrative Services (30 minutes)
Update and discussion on the potential purchase of this property. Note that this discussion
may be scheduled as a closed door meeting of the City Council.
2. Update on Hwy 100 Project and Other MnDOT Projects – Engineering (30 minutes)
Staff desires to update the Council on recent and planned activities associated with the Hwy
100 project and other projects MnDOT is proposing in the west metro area. This would
include a discussion regarding the Hwy 7 and Wooddale Bridge.
Study Session, March 23, 2015 – 6:30 p.m.
Tentative Discussion Items
1. Future Study Session Agenda Planning – Administrative Services (5 minutes)
2. Inclusionary Housing Policy Update – Community Development (30 minutes)
Update and discussion on the status of the creation of an affordable housing strategy that
would require the inclusion of affordable housing units in new market rate multi-unit
residential developments receiving financial assistance from the City.
3. Assessment Overview – Administrative Services (30 minutes)
Review of market trends and the composition of the 2015 Assessed Market Values of the
Community.
4. Joint Powers Agreement/City of Golden Valley – Community Development (30 minutes)
Discuss a potential agreement with City of Golden Valley to assign certain powers and
responsibilities for the sites, buildings and structures that cross municipal boundaries in the
Central Park West development project.
5. Southwest LRT Update – Community Development (30 minutes)
Update on current work including the Joint Development process, advanced engineering items
and scope for CSAH 25 Study.
6. Environment & Sustainability Commission Annual Report & 2015 Work Plan – Engineering
(30 minutes)
The Environment & Sustainability Commission will update Council on their progress and be
available for questions.
Communications/Meeting Check-In – Administrative Services (5 minutes)
Time for communications between staff and Council will be set aside on every study session
agenda for the purposes of information sharing.
End of Meeting: 9:10 p.m.
Reports
7. February 2015 Monthly Financial Report
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Discussion Item: 2
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)
RECOMMENDED ACTION: No formal action requested. The intent of this report and the
study session discussion is to update the Council on the revised plan and its purpose, as well as
discuss roles and responsibilities of the Council during an event. This plan is currently in
DRAFT form and will be presented to the Council at a later date for adoption.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: None at this time.
SUMMARY: The current Emergency Operations Plan (EOP) has not been revised since 2005.
There have been multiple revisions to both the Hennepin County Plan and the National Response
Framework leaving our plan in an unapproved status. This proposed plan allows for a
streamlined approach to manage incidents while facilitating ease of updating the plan on an
annual basis.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: None
VISION CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Draft EOP Documents
Prepared by: Steve Koering, Fire Chief
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
City of St. Louis Park
ESF Review Guide
ESF Primary Department Support Departments
1 Emergency Manager, Police, Fire,
Emergency Coordinators
Public Works
2 Emergency Manager, Emergency
Coordinators
Information Resources
3 Emergency Manager, Public Works,
Operations, Engineering, Emergency
Coordinators
4 Emergency Manager, Fire, Emergency
Coordinators
5 Emergency Manager, Emergency
Coordinators
All Departments
6 Emergency Manager, Recreation Dir.
Operations Dir,, Emergency Coordinators
7 Emergency Manager, Emergency
Coordinators, Finance/Controller
8 Emergency Manager, Asst. Fire Chief –
EMS, Emergency Coordinators
9 Emergency Manager, Fire, Emergency
Coordinators
10 Emergency Manager, Fire, Emergency
Coordinators
11 Emergency Manager, Operations, Public
Works, Emergency Coordinators
12 Emergency Manager, Police, Fire
13 Emergency Manager, Finance,
Operations, Assessors, Controller,
Community Development, Engineering,
Building Inspectors, Emergency
Coordinators, Emergency Coordinators
14 Emergency Manager, Marketing and
Communications, Emergency
Coordinators
All Departments
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 2
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator (s): City of St. Louis Park Fire Department
City of St. Louis Park Police Department
City of St. Louis Park Public Works
Primary Agency(s): City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Emergency Management & Homeland
Security
Local Bus Companies
Hennepin County, Metro EMS Providers
Metro Transit
Hennepin County Police Agencies
Hennepin County Sheriff’s Department
State Resources: Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT)
Minnesota State Patrol
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard
Federal Resources: U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT)
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• St. Louis Park Evacuation Routes Maps (Major Evacuation Routes)
• St. Louis Park “Significant Sites of Concentrated Populations”
• St. Louis Park Flood Maps
• St. Louis Park FD SOPs for Radiological/Hazardous Materials
• St. Louis Park Police Department Policy & Procedure Manual
• Hennepin County Web EOC Logistics List (Verify name)
• Hennepin County Functional Annex I - Evacuation & Security
• Hennepin County Support Annex B – Evacuation
• Hennepin County Incident Annex O – Transportation Incident
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• 42 U.S.C. 11001-11050 EPCRA
• 49 U.S.C. 5101-5127 Transportation of Hazardous Material
ESF 1 Security, Evacuation & Traffic Control
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 3
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 2
Purpose
The purpose of this ESF is to provide guidance and direction for the coordination of
transportation services, security, evacuation, and traffic control in preparation for, during
and after an emergency or disaster. This ESF establishes plans and methods to
identify, assess and maintain emergency transportation routes during an emergency or
disaster.
ESF #1-Transportation provides support to the City of St. Louis Park and the
jurisdictions therein by assisting Federal, State, and local governmental entities,
voluntary organizations, nongovernmental organizations, and the private sector in the
support and recovery of transportation systems and infrastructure during domestic
threats or in response to incidents.
Scope
Provision of transportation resource support includes coordinating transportation
activities to supplement the efforts of emergency response agencies to protect the
public. It is intended to assist in establishing priorities regarding transportation requests,
managing traffic, determining priorities of road and highway repair, and conducting
appropriate emergency management coordination with neighboring jurisdictions and
state agencies.
ESF #1 maintains considerable intermodal expertise and public and private sector
transportation stakeholder relationships. The City of St. Louis Park Public Works and
the City of St. Louis Park Engineering with the assistance of the ESF #1 support
agencies, provides support to the transportation system in domestic incident
management, including the following activities:
• Monitor and report status of and damage to the transportation system and
infrastructure as a result of the incident.
• Identify temporary alternative transportation solutions that can be implemented
by others when systems or infrastructure are damaged, unavailable, or
overwhelmed.
• Coordinate the restoration and recovery of the transportation systems and
infrastructure.
• Coordinate and support prevention, preparedness, response, recovery, and
mitigation activities among transportation stakeholders within the authorities and
resource limitations of ESF #1 agencies.
The Logistics Chief, and Emergency Management will coordinate the public and private
partners for the mass evacuation.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 4
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 3
ESF 6- Mass Care will be utilized for the sheltering and care of these individuals.
Security of the areas evacuated will be under the direction of the City of St. Louis Park
Police. All areas affected by the disaster will have an established security perimeter
until public and private buildings are re-secured.
Responsibilities
A. Within the City of St. Louis Park, the following officials, or their designees, are
responsible for determining the need to shelter in place, evacuate, and/or return,
and for issuing recommendations.
Official Type(s) of Incident(s)
Fire Chiefs or the Incident Commander Fire/Radiological/HAZMAT/All-Hazard
Police Chief/Ranking Supervisor, or the
Incident Commander
All Law Enforcement on scene
emergencies
For the following types of incidents but not limited to:
Hazardous Materials incident, Fire, Flood, Severe storm
B. Within the City of St. Louis Park, the Police Department will be responsible for
coordinating an evacuation effort. Back assistance for evacuation and traffic
control would be available from the City of St. Louis Park Fire Department and
surrounding police and fire departments per mutual aid agreements
C. The emergency management department is responsible for coordinating all
private and public transportation resources
D. The Police Department is responsible for coordinating pet evacuation and
sheltering.
SECURITY
A. Within the City of St. Louis Park, the Police Department would be responsible for
coordinating security for any large-scale evacuation that might be required.
Back-up assistance for evacuation and traffic control would be available from St.
Louis Park Police Reserves, Fire Department and Public Works Department.
Security for critical resources would be the responsibility of the Police
Department to protect life along with private and public property if any large-scale
evacuation might be required.
B. The Police Department will coordinate security for congregate care facilities.
PROCEDURES
A. Depending upon the circumstances and the urgency of the situation after
determination has been made to evacuate the area; notification will be made to
all affected persons in the area. Notification shall be made via, but not limited to,
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 5
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 4
outdoor warning siren, ParkAlert, public address system (Emergency Vehicles),
door to door, radio, cable/daily television and social media. Evacuation will be
coordinated by the Police Department. Evacuation routes are identified in St.
Louis Park Evacuation Routes Maps (Major Evacuation Routes) all major
evacuation routes have the capability to become alternate routes if needed. The
Police Department personnel would establish traffic control points as needed.
B. Damaged areas, critical facilities and resources will be secured by Police
Department personnel.
C. Depending upon the area affected, the Police Department personnel would
establish traffic control points (if needed) at major intersections.
D. Depending upon the area affected, the Emergency Coordinator and/or designee
shall determine the nearest, quickest, and safest evacuation route out of the
affected area and so direct the evacuees.
E. Maps indicating suggested evacuation route are located in the EOC and will be
made available to the Incident Commander and the Police Supervisor.
F. Evacuation routes, assembly points, and assistance instructions will be
announced.
G. The Emergency Management Coordinator or designee is responsible for
coordinating all private and public transportation resources.
H. All those affected will be provided with information on how to obtain fuel, water,
food, medicine, and/or medical aid, location of rest areas, and other information.
I. Mobility impaired individuals or those persons unable to provide their own
transportation would receive assistance from the Police/Fire Departments,
emergency management services, and Hennepin County Emergency Medical
Services. Special Needs populations will be evacuated per the Hennepin County
Emergency Plan.
J. Those affected will be alerted by public announcements for notification of when it
is safe to return.
K. The Police Department will coordinate assistance to any vehicles having
mechanical problems during the evacuation.
L. The Police Department will provide security to each congregate care facility as
determined by the Police Chief as needs are identified.
M. Return of those affected - The Police Department will be responsible for
coordinating the access and return of those affected to a secure location. A
credentialing system will be made available to assist in identifying authorized
persons.
N. Efforts shall be made by on-scene personnel to insure that access/return to the
area is obtained only by authorized personnel.
O. Pet evacuation and sheltering assistance will be coordinated by contacting
MnVOAD which can be paged via the Minnesota Duty Officer.
P. In the event of the need to evacuate/relocate Park Nicollet Methodist Hospital
patients, City of St. Louis Park Fire and Police will coordinate with Hospital staff
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 6
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 5
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex I. Evacuation and Security
Purpose
To keep and preserve the peace within the county, provide protection of life and
property, enforcement of laws, rules and ordinances, regulation and control of traffic,
Federal, State laws and local ordinances and rules, prevention of sabotage and
subversive activity (and to conduct explosive ordinance and hazardous materials
reconnaissance), investigation of causes of manmade disasters or domestic terrorism,
and coordinate search and rescue operations within Hennepin County.
Scope
The Sheriff’s Office is the primary provider of law enforcement services to various
communities within Hennepin County and provides law enforcement advice and
assistance to all county governmental offices and departments. Municipalities within
the county generally receive various levels of assistance from their own police
department. The Sheriff‘s Office may provide assistance to local law enforcement
agencies on a case-by-case basis or by previously negotiated Memorandum of
Understanding (MOU) or Mutual Aid Agreement requests.
Organization
Law enforcement services, law enforcement activities, crime scene processing, traffic
control and coordination of rescue activities will be carried out by the Sheriff's Office,
and such auxiliary services as deemed necessary, using the Incident Command System
(ICS) organization as standardized in Minnesota as NIMS.
Support Annex B. Evacuation
Purpose
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff
Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Law Enforcement
9
13
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff
Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Law Enforcement
9
13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 7
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 6
The purpose of this annex is to provide an overview of local government responsibilities
with respect to in-place sheltering, evacuation, traffic control and security, during a
major disaster or emergency.
A. Local Government.
The majority of evacuations or in-place sheltering takes place upon the direction of local
officials and without the involvement of state agencies. If local jurisdictions need
additional assistance or resources in order to carry out an evacuation, the Minnesota
Duty Officer (MDO) may be contacted to locate that assistance.
In the event of an escalating emergency outside city limits, the sheriff of the affected
county has the authority to recommend an evacuation or sheltering in place of
residents. Within city limits, the mayor has this authority. The county sheriff has the
authority to order a mandatory evacuation or sheltering in place, if the local government
has adopted specific ordinances addressing mandatory evacuation.
In the event of a serious incident at the Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant, the utility
will notify the MDO and the county warning point and may recommend evacuation or
sheltering in place. In such instances, the county sheriff has the authority to implement
the pre-determined evacuation or shelter in place protective action. The affected county
warning points are responsible for implementing their portion of the Public Alert and
Notification System (PANS), including sounding their outdoor warning sirens, should an
evacuation become necessary.
Incident Annex O. Transportation Incident
Policy
The National Transportation Safety Board Reauthorization Act of 2006, (Public Law
109-443)
Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008, (Public Law 110-432)
Purpose
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
• Municipal Transportation
Departments
• Metro Transit
• Metropolitan Airports
Commission
• Minnesota Department of
Transportation (MNDOT)
Hennepin County Transportation
Department
1, 8, 9
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 8
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 7
The Hennepin County Transportation Incident annex is a hazard-specific component of
the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan. It establishes the coordinated
response in the event of a multi-casualty transportation incident. Effective response
requires coordinated efforts of emergency medical personnel, law enforcement, fire
department personnel and may include state and federal agencies. With multiple
causalities, medical personnel and the hospital will serve as critical resources.
Scope
Transportation systems in or near Hennepin County include airways, roadways, and rail
systems. All these systems provide services on a national, regional, and local basis. A
major accident is possible in any of these modes of transportation. The National
Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is charged by Congress with investigating every
civil aviation accident in the United States and significant accidents in other modes of
transportation – railroad, highway, marine and pipeline. Local and county
transportation departments as well as police, fire, EMS and public works also play
important roles in major accident responses.
Assumptions
• In the event of a major roadway incident, local municipalities will be
responsible for traffic control on roads within their jurisdiction.
• Outside of the affected area, unaffected transportation systems (land or rail)
should continue to function as designated, however, they should be prepared
to operate at maximum capacities during an incident or event.
• The volume of impact, area, duration, and resources needed, will determine
the level of response required.
• Travel routes will be monitored and closed at points at which travel would
become hazardous.
• Aircraft accidents, particularly commercial flights, are especially susceptible to
having mass casualties and fatalities.
• Demand for resources may be critical. Support from mutual aid will likely be
needed.
• Based on the location of the accident, mass casualty and/or evacuation
procedures may be required.
Support Annex B. Evacuation
Purpose
The purpose of this annex is to provide an overview of local government responsibilities
with respect to in-place sheltering, evacuation, traffic control and security, during a
major disaster or emergency.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff
Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Law Enforcement
9
13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 9
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 8
A. Local Government.
The majority of evacuations or in-place sheltering takes place upon the direction of local
officials and without the involvement of state agencies. If local jurisdictions need
additional assistance or resources in order to carry out an evacuation, the Minnesota
Duty Officer (MDO) may be contacted to locate that assistance.
In the event of an escalating emergency outside city limits, the sheriff of the affected
county has the authority to recommend an evacuation or sheltering in place of
residents. Within city limits, the mayor has this authority. The county sheriff has the
authority to order a mandatory evacuation or sheltering in place, if the local government
has adopted specific ordinances addressing mandatory evacuation.
Incident Annex O. Transportation Incident
Policy
The National Transportation Safety Board Reauthorization Act of 2006, (Public Law
109-443)
Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008, (Public Law 110-432)
Purpose
The Hennepin County Transportation Incident annex is a hazard-specific component of
the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan. It establishes the coordinated
response in the event of a multi-casualty transportation incident. Effective response
requires coordinated efforts of emergency medical personnel, law enforcement, fire
department personnel and may include state and federal agencies. With multiple
causalities, medical personnel and the hospital will serve as critical resources.
Scope
Transportation systems in or near Hennepin County include airways, roadways, and rail
systems. All these systems provide services on a national, regional, and local basis. A
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
• Municipal Transportation
Departments
• Metro Transit
• Metropolitan Airports
Commission
• Minnesota Department of
Transportation (MNDOT)
Hennepin County Transportation
Department
1, 8, 9
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 10
City of St. Louis Park ESF – 1
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Transportation & Evacuation
Page | 9
major accident is possible in any of these modes of transportation. The National
Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) is charged by Congress with investigating every
civil aviation accident in the United States and significant accidents in other modes of
transportation – railroad, highway, marine and pipeline. Local and county
transportation departments as well as police, fire, EMS and public works also play
important roles in major accident responses.
Assumptions
• In the event of a major roadway incident, local municipalities will be
responsible for traffic control on roads within their jurisdiction.
• Outside of the affected area, unaffected transportation systems (land or rail)
should continue to function as designated, however, they should be prepared
to operate at maximum capacities during an incident or event.
• The volume of impact, area, duration, and resources needed, will determine
the level of response required.
• Travel routes will be monitored and closed at points at which travel would
become hazardous.
• Aircraft accidents, particularly commercial flights, are especially susceptible to
having mass casualties and fatalities.
• Demand for resources may be critical. Support from mutual aid will likely be
needed.
• Based on the location of the accident, mass casualty and/or evacuation
procedures may be required.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Police Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 11
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 1
City of Saint Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief
Primary Agencies: Hennepin County Emergency Communications Center
(Radio/Emergency)
Hennepin County Property Management (Landline)
City of Saint Louis Park (Landline)
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Information Services
Hennepin County Emergency Management & Homeland
Security
Municipal Information Technology Departments
National Weather Service (NWS)
Metropolitan Emergency Services Board (MESB)
Hennepin County Communications Services & Maintenance
(Radio Shop)
State Resources: Minnesota Office of Enterprise and Technology (MN.IT)
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF:
• Metro Region Technical Interoperable Communications Plan (TICP)
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex A. Situation Awareness, Indications,
Alert and Warning
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex O. Emergency Communications
• City of St. Louis Park ARMER Fleet Maps
• City of St. Louis Park Warning Siren Location Maps
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
Purpose
Emergency Support Function (ESF) #2 – Communications coordinates governmental
communications/warning/notification support to response efforts during incidents and
emergencies affecting City of St. Louis Park. ESF #2 – Communications also supports the
restoration of the communications infrastructure after an emergency, and facilitates the
coordination of plans to recover systems and applications.
ESF 2 Communications
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 12
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 2
ESF #2 – Communications also provides coordination between municipal, county, state,
and federal agencies before, during, and after incidents.
Responsibilities
The Hennepin County Sheriff Communications is the 24-hour city warning point. The
warning point is responsible for ensuring that all warnings and notifications which it
receives are handled properly.
A. Upon receipt of a warning, the warning point is responsible for notifying the key city
government officials and for notifying certain private and/or public facilities
(hospitals, industries, nursing homes, etc.)
B. The County emergency management director will advise the warning officer of
other actions to be taken.
C. The Hennepin County warning point shall activate all or selected warning devices.
LOCATION OF OUTDOOR WARNING SIRENS[LR1]
1. 26th & Natchez Avenue
2. 6910 West Lake Street
3. 8301 West 34th Street
4. 1642 Westwood Hills Drive
5. 26th Street and Dakota Avenue
6. 4850 West 36th Street
D. Hennepin County is responsible for activation of the Emergency Alert System
(EAS) in accordance with the Area Broadcast System Plan for a weather
emergency, hazardous materials emergency or other emergency.
E. The Police Duty Supervisor is responsible for ensuring that all warnings and
notifications received in the Public Safety Answering Point are handled properly.
Definitions:
WATCHES and ALERTS - These are given when conditions are present which
may produce an emergency condition. They may be either natural (weather)
or human (hazardous materials; terrorists, etc.)
WARNINGS - These are given when emergency conditions are imminent.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 13
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 3
F. Key facilities, institutions and major businesses within the city will receive
warnings through sirens, NOAA weather radio, the Emergency Broadcast System
and additional alerting procedures as needed.
G. Hearing impaired individuals will receive warnings by television crawlers and
closed captioning. Visually impaired individuals will receive warnings by sirens,
radio and television sound. Visual and hearing impaired individuals may rely on
companions for information. Among non-English speaking groups there are some
individuals, such as school children, who would understand and may convey the
warning. Televisions are also equipped with special features to allow non-English
speaking groups to receive information.
III. Operating Procedures for WEATHER WARNINGS
A. Weather Warnings received from the County warning system.
1. Activate Emergency Public Safety alert pagers.
2. The Dispatch Center shall notify the Police Duty Supervisor, the Fire Chief
or his designee (this means the Shift Duty Supervisor) and the Public
Works Superintendent of Operations.
3. The Police Duty Supervisor will notify the Police Chief and the City
Manager or their designee as appropriate.
4. As the situation dictates affected private and/or public facilities (schools,
industries, hospitals, nursing homes, etc.) will be notified. (see Resource
Manual)
B. Weather warnings generated within St. Louis Park
Tornado activity or sustained straight line winds in excess of 75 mph (hurricane
force) or potential for same.
1. Report weather conditions and observations to County warning point.
2. Request siren activation.
3. Activate emergency public safety personnel alert pagers.
4. The Dispatch Center shall notify the Police Duty Supervisor, the Fire Chief
or his designee (this means the Shift Duty Supervisor) and the Public
Works Superintendent of Operations.
5. The Police Duty Supervisor will notify the Police Chief, Fire Chief and the
City Manager as appropriate.
6. As the situation dictates affected private and/or public facilities (schools,
industries, hospitals, nursing homes, etc.) will be notified. (see Resource
Manual)
7. Names and numbers of key government officials to be notified are kept in
the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP) and are on file in the Emergency
Operations Center Resource file. Those key government officials being:
City Manager, Fire Chief and Police Chief or their designees, and Public
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 14
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 4
Works Director or designees.
C. Actions to be taken by Public Safety Personnel during weather WATCHES and
ALERTS include:
1. Report changes in weather conditions and observations to the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) who will relay such observations to the County warning
point.
2. Communication Center Personnel shall monitor weather channel and
keep the Police Duty Supervisor apprised of current and forecasted conditions.
3. The Dispatch Center shall notify the Police Duty Supervisor, the Fire Chief or their
designee (this means the Shift Duty Supervisor) and the Public Works
Superintendent of Operations.
4. The Police Duty Supervisor will notify the Police Chief and the City Manager as
appropriate.
5. If requested by the Fire Chief or his designee, page Fire Department
personnel to report to respective stations.
IV. Hazardous Materials warning generated within St. Louis Park.
A. Assure that Fire Department has been notified and obtain Response Level
Description from responding fire units.
B. If mass evacuation is necessary from an area potentially affected or at risk:
1. Obtain accurate description of area to be evacuated. If appropriate, the
evacuation routes.
2. Report conditions to County warning point and request Emergency
Alert System (E.A.S.) and siren activation for affected area.
3. Activate Emergency Public Safety alert pagers where necessary.
4. Notify personnel on Hazardous Materials Notification List. (See
Attachment 9)
5. As the situation dictates affected private and/or public facilities
(schools, industries, hospitals, nursing homes, etc.) will be notified.
6. Complete SARA Title III Emergency Notification Report. (See Attachment 8)
C. Hazardous materials facilities in St. Louis Park are required to have an
on-site facility plan which identifies the procedure for public safety
notification. This notification is generally through the 911 system.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 15
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 5
V. All Other Emergencies:
1. These would be extraordinary events not routinely handled by Public
Safety on-duty personnel.
2. Dispatch will contact the appropriate responsible official who will
advise actions to be taken.
3. Succession of responsibility is Police Supervisor on duty, Fire
Supervisor on duty, Emergency Preparedness Director (City Manager,
Deputy City Manager, Community Development Director or their designee),
Emergency Preparedness Coordinator (Fire Chief, Police Chief, Public
Works Director or their designee).
Scope
ESF #2 – Communications coordinates county actions to assist municipal governments
and industry in restoring the public communications infrastructure and the public safety
communications infrastructure.
ESF #2 provides communications support at incident scenes, at the Hennepin County
Emergency Operations Center (HCEOC) and municipal EOCs; at Departmental
Operations Centers (DOCs); and at Joint Information Centers (JIC). ESF #2 coordinates
special situations such as major events, and will assist county and municipal Information
Technology agencies in response to cyber incidents as directed.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex A. Situation Awareness, Indications, Alert and Warning
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff ’s
Communication
Division
Emergency Management 2, 13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 16
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 6
Purpose
Hennepin County Emergency Management takes an active role in providing a means of
receipt and dissemination to warn Hennepin County of potential emergency situations.
Scope
Hennepin County maintains equipment and personnel to allow for rapid activation of
community sirens within the county. These sirens and their associated equipment are
purchased and maintained by the political subdivisions within the county. Activation is
based upon the information that one or more of these criteria have been met:
Hennepin County Siren Activation Criteria
• Tornadic activity or potential
• Sustained straight line winds in excess of 70 mph or potential for the same
• Mass evacuation is necessary for an area whose outer boundaries extend at
least 2500 feet from the point of incident
• Imminent or actual hostile enemy attack as reported by Federal or State
authorities, or
• Tests and maintenance operations
The final decision on siren activation is made by the County Warning Officer (CW O) at the
County Warning Point (CWP).
Additionally, Hennepin County maintains equipment and personnel to notify emergency
response organizations in the county of actual or potential emergency situations.
The CWP notifies local fire departments of emergency calls via pager system. Each
jurisdiction is responsible for its own fire protection. The county does not have a fire
department.
Functional Annex O. Emergency Communications
Policy
This annex establishes the complexities of the communication format in which HCEM
uses through various platforms, guidelines for receiving and sending data, and Web
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff’s
Communications Office
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
2
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 17
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 7
based interactions. Information and messaging is intended to increase situational
awareness and knowledge in the event of a significant event.
Various organizations and partners contribute to the use and dissemination of
information.
• Statewide Emergency Communications Board ARMER Standards
• Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office Standard Operating Procedures
• Hennepin County Emergency Management Communications Policies
• Hennepin County Emergency Management Communications Manual
• Hennepin County Emergency Management Auxiliary Communications Team
Critical Tasks and Responsibility of Functions
Purpose
This annex outlines Hennepin County’s capability to receive and transmit priority
communications traffic during imminent or actual emergency events that necessitate
expanded coordination of communications systems. During such events, this annex will
provide management, oversight, and coordination of communications functions
among First Responders, Hennepin County and independent Dispatch Centers,
the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Center and other city Emergency
Operations Centers, County Departments, and the general public.
Scope
This annex will coordinate the establishment, maintenance, and restoration of
communications systems to ensure the provision of efficient communications during
emergency operations. This function will enable the receipt and transmission of priority
messages by coordinating emergency systems used to communicate with and
among various response departments and emergency systems used to communicate
disaster information to the general public. This annex applies to all departments that may
require communications services, or whose communications systems may be
affected during emergency operations centers.
Assumptions
• A natural or manmade disaster may severely damage the communications
infrastructure in the impacted area;
• Even if no infrastructure damage occurs, the nature of disasters will quickly
overwhelm the capacity of the regular communications systems in place;
• Damage to communications equipment may influence the means and accessibility
level for relief services and supplies;
• Initial damage reports may be fragmented and provide an incomplete picture
concerning the extent of damage to telecommunications facilities;
• Weather and other environmental factors may restrict the ability of suppliers to
deploy mobile or transportable telecommunications equipment into the affected
area;
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 18
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 8
• Communications assistance will be provided according to the requirements of this
plan and the Minnesota Metro Region Tactical Interoperable Communications
Plan (TICP).
Authentication
City of St. Louis Police Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
City of St. Louis Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
City of St. Louis City Manager/Emergency Manager Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 19
City of Saint Louis Park ESF - 2
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Warning & Notification
Page I 9
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 20
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Director of Operations or Designee City of St. Louis Park Director of Engineering
Primary Agency: City of St. Louis Park Public Works
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Municipal Public Works
Hennepin County Municipal Parks & Recreation
Hennepin County Public Works
Private Sector Companies Servicing Hennepin County
Hennepin County Emergency Management
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency Minnesota Department of Transportation
Minnesota Department of Homeland Security and
Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
MN VOAD
Federal Resources: U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Department of Homeland Security/FEMA
References
Contingency Operational Plans are on file in the City Hall offices of the
Department of Public Works and the City’s Emergency Operations Center (EOC).
The plans include the following:
• Standard Operating Procedure for Debris & Tree Removal and Disposal
• Standard Operating Procedure for Roadway Restoration
• Standard Operating Procedure for Temporary Traffic Control
• Standard Operating Procedure for Equipment Procurement (during
emergencies)
• Standard Operating Procedure for Traffic Signal System
• City of St. Louis Park Engineering SOPs
ESF 3 – Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 21
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 2
The following are a list of supporting/reference documents for this ESF on file in
the City Hall offices of the Department of Public Works and the City’s Emergency
Operations Center (EOC). The documents include the following:
• A chain of command for Public Works
• A callout list for Public Works employees and Parks Maintenance
employees including the emergency equipment that each employee
is trained to operate
• A list of Agencies and City’s contractors/vendors capable of
supplying operation services and equipment
• A list of governmental units participating in the Regional Mutual Aid
Association (no formal agreements for debris removal or roadway
restoration exist with other cities other than through normal
emergency preparedness channels
• A letter of agreement with Waste Management for emergency
debris removal
• Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
o Hennepin County Functional Annex K – Debris Management
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• 29 C.F.R. 1910-1926: OSHA standards
• Federal Regulations
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) provides guidance for public works and
provide an overview of how debris (all types, including trees) clearance/disposal
and roadway restoration services would be accomplished following a disaster.
Scope
ESF #3 is structured to provide publics works and engineering related support for
the changing requirements of incident management to include preparedness,
prevention, response, recovery, and mitigation actions. Activities within the
scope of this function are divided between the Department of Operations and
Department of Engineering include:
Director of Operations 24-72 hrs Director of Engineering – Long Term
Conducting pre and post incident
assessments of Operations (roads,
storm sewer, and equipment);
Quick fix
Conducting pre and post incident
assessments of Engineering (bridges,
roads, and equipment); Longer
duration, bigger project
Coordinating primary and emergency
route clearance for life safety and
Executing emergency contract support
for life-saving and sustaining services
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 22
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 3
infrastructure support activities
Executing emergency contract support
for life-saving and sustaining services
Conducting overall damage
assessment to City-owned structures
affected by disaster
Providing emergency repair of
damaged infrastructure and critical
facilities
Providing technical assistance to
include engineering expertise,
construction management, and
contracting
Providing operational assistance to
include practical expertise, construction
management, and contracting
Providing emergency repair of
damaged infrastructure and critical
facilities
Providing for debris removal, temporary
storage, and final disposal
1. Providing emergency repair of damaged infrastructure and critical
facilities;
The Director of Operations or designee and the Emergency Operations Center
will coordinate the following City staff and private sector organizations, which are
responsible for providing debris and roadway restoration services for the City of
St. Louis Park:
• Debris Clearance – Superintendent of Operations and/or the Operations
Supervisors/Park Maintenance Superintendent and/or City contracted
Solid Waste Hauler
• Debris Disposal – Superintendent of Operations and Parks Maintenance
Superintendent and/or City contracted Solid Waste Hauler
• Street Restoration – Superintendent of Operations
Policies
A. Debris clearance, disposal, roadway restoration and temporary traffic
control will be prioritized and directed through the Director of Operations
or Designee and the Emergency Operations Center to ensure coordination
with other emergency efforts to maintain roadway mobility and maximum
public safety.
B. Except in extremely unusual circumstances, debris clearance from private
property would be the responsibility of the of the property owner, unless
otherwise directed by City Council.
C. Residents may be asked to sort debris by:
• Trees & brush
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 23
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 4
• White goods (appliances)
• Hazardous waste
• Construction/demolition materials
• Regular garbage
• Recycling
D. Debris can be temporarily stored at the following locations:
• City owned facilities:
o Municipal Service Center (7305 Oxford Street)
o Transfer Site (Cedar Lake Road & Colorado Avenue)
o Louisiana Oaks Park (3500 Louisiana Avenue South)
o Park Glen Tower Site (City Water Tower Site)
• Other sites as designated by the Director of Operations or the
Superintendent
E. Debris would be disposed of at the following locations:
• Solid waste debris (non-hazardous materials) would be placed in
an appropriate transfer site, fill site, or would be trucked to other
designated locations as per Superintendents, Hennepin County, or
solid waste hauler;
• Tree debris would be chipped or hauled and disposed of in
locations determined by the Director of Operations or
Superintendents working with the Environmental Coordinator;
• Animal carcasses will be disposed of as determined by the Director
of Operations, working with the City Environmental Coordinator and
Police Department;
• For all hazardous material disposal refer to ESF 10 Hazardous &
Radiological Materials
F. If additional assistance is needed, the Director of Operations or the
designee and the Emergency Operations Center will coordinate MNWARN
identified in the Emergency Operations resource manual.
G. Coordinate emergency affecting the Minnehaha Creek Watershed is
available from the Minnehaha Creek Watershed District
H. Director of Engineering and the Engineering Office will:
Maintain Flood Plain Plan
• Conduct infrastructure damage assessments
• Utilizing damage assessments create project sheets (utilize FEMA
format) for each site that requires repair and or mitigation
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 24
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 5
• Prioritize repair and mitigation projects
• Coordinate projects and ensure project completion
• Provide appropriate documentation as needed for reimbursement
purposes
• Manage long term recovery efforts
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under
please reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex K. Debris Management
PURPOSE
The purpose of this annex is to indicate which agencies are responsible for the
various aspects of debris clearance and management including, the
management of contaminated debris and the minimization of health effects
arising from the handling and disposition of these materials.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Private sector organizations may be able to provide essential debris clearance
assistance, depending on the nature, location and extent of the disaster.
Assistance in contacting such organizations can be obtained by contacting the
Minnesota Duty Officer (MDO). If a responsible party can be identified, relative to
debris/wreckage, that party will normally be expected to remove it. When there
is no responsible party (following a flood, tornado, etc.) or a responsible party
cannot be identified:
1. Debris/wreckage clearance on county and/or municipal government property
will normally be the responsibility of local government officials.
2. Debris/wreckage clearance on privately owned property would normally be the
responsibility of the property owner.
Records of labor and equipment expenses incurred as a result of
debris/wreckage clearance will be maintained as accurately and thoroughly as
possible by each responsible agency/organization participating in
the cleanup activity. (Such records are needed when requesting
reimbursement for expenses related to debris management.)
Concept of Operation
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 25
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 6
1. Debris Management
Debris Management is the collection, sorting, storage, transportation, and
disposal or recycling of rubble, destroyed materials, and other wastes associated
with an event.
a. Organization
Debris management operations are coordinated and completed at the
local level by the affected municipality. Hennepin County Public Works
will provide additional debris clearance resources as requested.
b. Responsibilities
i. Municipalities (Debris Removal)
• Will clear debris from city streets, city public right-of-ways and
city facilities;
• Will coordinate with Hennepin County Public Works and the
Minnesota Department of Transportation regarding County
roads, State Highways, and Interstates involving debris
clearance;
• Will coordinate and oversee mutual aid requests and
responding resources;
• Will coordinate efforts with the Parks Department in the debris
clearance of parks and park trail properties;
• Are responsible for the disposal of public waste (concrete, dirt,
brick, non-hazardous materials, etc.) tree and brush-type
debris and other building-type debris (lumber, roofing
materials).
• Will obtain debris clearance-type equipment from Hennepin
County and other cities per Hennepin County equipment
listings and from contractors available to the municipality having
jurisdiction;
• Will provide barricades and signage for street closures and
detours requested by the Incident Commander.
• Priorities of utility restoration/repair will depend on the nature
and location of the incident. Vulnerable populations and
facilities essential for public safety will be considered first.
ii. Municipalities (Debris Disposal)
• Debris will be disposed of at a landfill or designated location per
Hennepin County;
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 26
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 7
• Tree debris will be brought to a site as designated by public
works for the municipality having authority.
iii. Municipalities (Private Property)
• Except for extremely unusual circumstances, removal of debris
from private property would be the responsibility of the property
owner.
• Residents will be asked to sort debris by:
a. Trees and brush
b. White goods
c. Household hazardous waste
d. construction/demolition materials
e. Regular garbage
iv. Municipalities (Sanitation)
• Each municipality has identified the residential and commercial
sanitation services that will provide temporary water and waste
systems during an emergency.
v. Hennepin County Transportation (Debris Removal)
• Coordinate with the Environmental Services Department on
debris management/removal operations from county
rights-of-way;
• Determine emergency routes and contracting procedures for
county level debris removal;
• Identify possible locations for temporary storage and final
disposition of debris on a county level.
• Maintain a list of all public and private utilities providing services
to Hennepin County. This list and 24-hour emergency
telephone information is located in the Watch Leader Resource
Manual.
Vi. Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
• Will assist with the disposal of hazardous waste.
vii. Board of Animal Health
In conjunction with the Minnesota Department of Agriculture, advise and assist
on the disposal of animal carcasses and advise on potential health issues such
as mosquito/fly infestations.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 27
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 3
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PL AN Debris Removal & Roadway Restoration
Page | 8
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Director, Operations Date
City of St. Louis Park Director, Engineering Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 28
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Fire Department
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Operations
City of St. Louis Park Police Department
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Sheriff Communications
Hennepin County Radio Shop
City of St. Louis Park Dispatch
Hennepin County Emergency Medical Services
Hennepin County Public Works
Hennepin County Chiefs Association Mutual Aid
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol
Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Department of Homeland Security and Emergency
Management
Minnesota National Guard
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
Minnesota Department of Forestry
Statewide Fire Mutual Aid
Minnesota All Hazards Incident Management Team III
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• St. Louis Park Fire Department Standard Operating Guidelines
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan - Functional Annex H. Fire
and Hazardous Materials
• Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan - Incident Annex M. Fire,
Woodland
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• Minnesota State Fire Chiefs Association Fire Service Intrastate Mutual Aid
• Minnesota Statute Chapter 12
• Federal Regulations
ESF 4 Firefighting
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 29
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 2
• Hennepin County Fire Chiefs Mutual Aid
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) is developed for the effective response of
suppression of urban, rural, wild land fire, rescue, and EMS which require a fire
service response.
Scope
Fire protection in St. Louis Park is provided by the St. Louis Park Fire Department. This
is a combination department which has approximately 24 full time and 25 paid-on-call
members. Activities within the scope of this ESF include the coordination of:
• Fire suppression
• Responding to medical emergencies and car accidents
• Search and rescue
• Water Rescue
• Hazardous materials calls and the overseeing clean-up of hazardous material
spills (Refer to Hazardous Materials and Radiological Monitoring ESF)
• Providing disaster recovery services
• Preventing fires by inspecting
o Multi-Family Residential
o Commercial
o Manufacturing
o Public Events that meet criteria
• Enforcing fire code compliance
• Investigating causes of fires
and providing personnel, equipment, and supplies in support of local jurisdictions
involved in these operations.
• Established City of St. Louis Park Fire Department Box Alarms
• Hennepin County Chiefs Mutual Aid
• MN Fire Chiefs Statewide Mutual Aid
ESF #4 serves as the coordination ESF for the use of fire service resources in the City
of St. Louis Park during times of large scale emergency, events and disaster.
Assumptions
1.Coordinate all Fire and Rescue personnel to help control the orderly movement of those
displaced.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 30
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 3
2.Set up surveillance teams for fire watch to cover the community during and after the
community has been evacuated. Coordinate with the Chief of Police for needed security.
3.Survey and coordinate the fire needs and move personnel and equipment for standby
assistance.
4.Provide inspection teams for fire prevention measures in all buildings and congregate care
facilities.
5.Perform frequent fire safety inspections for fire hazards in congregate care facilities, other
occupied areas due to relocation, and areas of flammable materials storage.
6. Establish, publish and enforce temporary fire safety regulations for congregate care
facilities, particularly in regard to smoking, cooking and heating.
7.Assist in training residents and others in fire prevention and suppression techniques.
8.Assist in the return of those displaced to their homes.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex H. Fire and Hazardous Materials
Purpose
It is recognized that emergency situations could develop in which residents of Hennepin
County could be exposed to an accidental release of hazardous materials. Planning is
needed to ensure a coordinated response to all types of hazardous materials, incidents,
whether they occur at a fixed facility or are the result of a transportation accident.
Scope
Hennepin County municipalities are charged with protection of life and property as the
result of a hazardous materials incident.
Organization
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County Municipalities Environmental Services 4, 10
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 31
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 4
Hennepin County municipalities are broke into three emergency planning groups and one
independent.
A. Lake Minnetonka Regional Planning Group
(Corcoran, Deephaven, Woodland, Greenfield, Mound, Orono, Long Lake,
Minnetonka Beach, Spring Park, Medina, Loretto, Minnetrista, St. Bonifacius,
Excelsior, Greenwood, Shorewood, Tonka Bay, Wayzata, Maple Plain, and
Independence)
B. North Suburban Emergency Planning Group
(Brooklyn Center, Brooklyn Park, Champlin, Dayton, Golden Valley, Hassan
Township, Maple Grove, Medicine Lake, Osseo, Plymouth, Robbinsdale, Rogers,
St. Anthony, Crystal, and New Hope)
C. South Hennepin Emergency Management Planning Group
(Bloomington, Eden Prairie, Edina, Hopkins, Minneapolis/St. Paul International
Airport, Minnetonka, Richfield, and St. Louis Park)
D. East Planning Group
(Minneapolis, St. Anthony, Metro Transit, Minneapolis Airport Commission)
Control
A. Hazardous material operations will be conducted on-scene, whether they occur at a
fixed facility or are the result of a transportation accident. The Incident Command
System (ICS) shall be used as the general response for hazardous material
incidents within Hennepin County.
B. The local Emergency Operations Center shall serve as an alternate Incident
Commander, in determining and deciding the need for actual or precautionary
evacuation, or for shelter-in-place and for re-entry (re-population).
Responsibilities
A. Municipalities
1. On-scene disaster analysis
2. Information gathering and reporting to the County, as appropriate.
3. Overall hazardous materials response and clean-up operations, including
monitoring, reporting, assessment, containment, decontamination, and
protective actions.
4. Maintaining a list of Title III 302 facilities, maps of chemical manufacturing/
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 32
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 5
storage/processing sites and transportation routes, including road, rail, air,
and pipeline are contained within each planning groups emergency plans.
Primary and secondary routes to be used for the transportation of
substances on the list of extremely hazardous substances are included in
the Planning Group Emergency Operations Plans.
The main transportation routes are:
a) Interstate 94W
b) Interstate 494 North or South
c) Interstate 35W North or South
d) State Highway 100 North or South
e) State Highway 12 (394) West or East
f) State Highway 169 North or South
g) City or County roads to the major transportation highways as directed
5. Provide direction to CMED in its emergency support role of coordinating the
establishment and operation of a mobile equipment pool.
6. Each local jurisdiction has on file the Credentials and Certifications to which
the police, fire and emer gency medical service (EMS) providers are trained
to deal with hazardous materials, as well as the training records. The
Incident Command System (ICS) de-scribed in the National Incident
Management System (NIMS) shall be used as the general response for
hazardous material incidents within Hennepin County. The chief officers of
the designated response agencies have been trained in NIMS/ICS
operations, and maintain at their main offices copies of their agency’s
Operating Procedures.
7. Each local jurisdiction has identified the methods they will use to determine
that a release has occurred.
Some of these methods include:
a) Emergency Response Guidebook
b) Computer-aided Management of Emergency Operations (CAMEO)
software
c) Visual or other sensory observations by employees to determine the
occurrence of a release
d) Electronic sensor monitoring system to detect releases
e) Facility emergency coordinator or designee at each 302 facility
f) Local and state emergency response numbers, as well as the
National Response Center, will be called by the 302 facility
emergency coordinator or designee immediately upon determination
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 33
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 6
that an emergency exists.
.
8. Each local jurisdiction has identified methods for determining the area or
populations likely to be affected by such a release. Municipal first
responders begin their determination of the area and populations affected
by a hazardous materials release in the following manner:
a) Identifying the substance(s) released, based on information from
facility personnel, placards, labels and/or facility emergency
response plan data;
b) Identifying the approximate amount of hazardous substance(s)
released;
c) Identifying hazards created by the release;
d) Identifying impacts of the release on the surrounding community;
e) Identifying meteorological and other local conditions;
f) Considering time factors;
g) Consulting detailed local maps.
h) Advice of facility personnel
i) Advice from Chemical Assessment Teams
Software such as; ALOHA, E-PLAN, CAMEO, etc. is available to assist in
developing this item, as well as the published Department of Transportation
Emergency Response Guidebook.
9. The individual Planning Groups Resource Manuals have lists of both
publicly and privately owned equipment suitable for use during a
hazardous. These lists of resources also identify the locations of the
resources, the individuals responsible for release of the resources and their
24-hour contact information. In the case of equipment and facilities
maintained by the individual municipal departments, the department head is
responsible for its release and use. The Hennepin County Emergency
Management Division also contains Municipal Planning Group Resource
Manuals on file in the Division library.
10. The appropriate municipal fire department is responsible for fire protection,
initial response, containment and decontamination. Specific capabilities are
located in the regional planning group emergency plans.
B. Environmental Services
1. In coordination with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency, will advise
re garding the management of hazardous waste.
C. Facilities
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 34
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 7
1. Facilities within Hennepin County that possess extremely hazardous
materials are required to develop and maintain emergency response plans
and proce dures consistent with SARA Title III, Section 304 that their
employees will follow in the event of a release of those hazardous materials.
2. At a minimum, these facilities are required by law to immediately notify the
following in event of an accidental emergency release; and be prepared to
state the name of the substances (s) released and the approximate amount:
a) Dial 9-1-1 (for local emergency notification);
b) Dial 651-649-5451 (State Duty Officer for Greater Metro Area), or;
c) Dial 800-422-0798 (MN State Duty office for Greater Metro Area) or;
d) Dial 800-424-8802 (National Response Center for federal emergency
notification).
Hennepin County has determined that all covered facilities within the
jurisdiction have implemented the required response plans, with 24-hour
contact telephone information; or, new facilities have under development the
required emergency response plans. Copies of these facility plans with
contact names and procedures are on file the municipal fire
departments. Contact the municipal emergency managers for further
information.
3. It is the responsibility of the municipalities to make sure that all facilities
have implemented the required response plans, with 24-hour
contact telephone in formation; or, new facilities have under development
the required emergency response plans. Copies of these facility plans, with
contact names and proce dures, are on file at each municipal fire
department.
4. These facilities that use, store manufacture or transport hazardous materials
are responsible for developing systems and training their employees to
be able to promptly determine and report that a release of hazardous
materials has occurred. The systems, methods and/or procedures in
place at each facility for determining that a release occurred, along with a
brief description of any specialized system (i.e., monitor/sensor system)
are described in the facility emergency plans. At a minimum, if there is an
accidental release of hazardous material, these plans require employees to
immediately notify the following:
a) Local public safety authorities by dialing 9-1-1.
b) State public safety authorities by contacting the Minnesota State Duty
Officer.
c) 651-649-5451 in the Greater Twin City Metro Area, or 800-424-8802.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 35
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 8
The facility plans designate more facility emergency coordinators
responsible for making determinations and emergency notifications.
All of the covered facilities within Hennepin County have prepared and
maintain current emergency response plans as required. Copies of these
plans are located at the municipal fire departments and are available for
inspection by contacting the desired municipality.
D. Specific facility plans are available through the local emergency manager.
E. Each municipality Emergency Operations Plan contains the 24-hour contact
information of the facility emergency coordinator and his/or her back up who will
make determinations necessary to implement their plan.
Hennepin County Emergency Management utilizes E-Plan to keep the most up to
date records of regulated 302 facilities in Hennepin County. The Training &
Exercise Coordinator has access for these records.
F. Additional facilities contributing additional risk due to their proximity to facilities
subject to the requirements of SARA Title III, Section 302 (such as natural gas
facilities or hospitals), are identified in each Planning Groups Emergency
Operations Plans. In addition, Hennepin County Emergency Management
identifies these facilities in the County Mitigation Plan.
G. A list of 302 facilities (facility name, street address, a list of the extremely
hazardous substances located at each facility, and an emergency contact
telephone number for the facility) in Hennepin County that are subject to the
requirements of SARA Title III, Section 302 is kept on file in each of the Planning
Group’s Emergency Operations Plans. In addition, Hennepin County Emergency
Management utilizes E-Plan and maps out all SARA Title III facilities at the
Regional Planning Group level & in the County Mitigation Plan.
H. 302 facilities within Hennepin County may have specialized tools, equipment, and
trained employees to respond to an accidental release of a hazardous materials on
site. In most cases first response agencies cannot rely on these tools and
equipment being immediately available to them 24/7. Therefore, the fire
departments will rely on their specialized tools, equipment, and personnel trained
to use them in a primary or support capacity at these facilities.
I. Within Hennepin County there are a number of health care facilities that are
located around the 302 facilities as well as along the main transportation routes.
Each one of these facilities maintains shelter-in-place and evacuation plans.
The specific plans are located at the facility and can be accessed by contacting the
respective location Safety Director. If applicable, these facilities are also located in
the respective municipal emergency plans. In addition, Hennepin County
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 36
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 9
Emergency Management identifies these facilities in the County Mitigation Plan.
J. Pipelines
Reporting a pipeline emergency allows government agencies to respond quickly
and reduces the potential for a situation to become more serious. If you don’t
know how to reach a pipeline company – call 911. Tell the 911 operator your
name, location and nature of the situation. The following are resources and
phone listings for companies that deliver goods thru pipelines in the event of an
emergency within Hennepin County:
• National Pipeline Mapping System https://www.npms.phmsa.dot.gov
• 2013 CAER Pipeline Emergency Response Plan
• 49 CFR 192.605 - Procedural manual for operations, maintenance, and
emergencies.
• 49 CFR 192.615 - Emergency plans.
• 49 CFR 195.402 - Procedural manual for operations, maintenance, and
emergencies.
CenterPoint
Energy
1-612-321-5464 Minneapolis Natural gas
Koch Pipeline
MSP Airport Line
1-800-688-7594 St. Paul Petroleum
Magellan
Pipeline
1-800-720-2417 Tulsa, OK Petroleum
Northern Natural
Gas
1-888-367-6671 Omaha, NE Natural Gas
NuStar 1-800-759-0033 Wichita, KS Petroleum
Xcel Energy 1-800-895-2999 Minneapolis Natural Gas
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 37
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 10
National Pipeline Mapping System of Hennepin County (Blue-Gas/Petrol, Red-Liquid)
Incident Annex M. Fire, Woodland
Policy
• National Weather Service Directive NWSI 10-401.
• Local mutual aid agreements
Purpose
The purpose of this Incident Annex is to provide a framework for the implementation and
coordination of woodland fire response activities which focus on reducing the impacts of
woodland fires across Hennepin County. The plan’s main objective is to identify agencies
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Municipal Fire
Departments
National Weather Service Chanhassen
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
4
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 38
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 11
that can provide reliable resources to those most at risk of woodland fire. More rural
Hennepin County municipalities are at risk for woodland fires.
Scope
The Minnesota woodland fire season varies but usually begins as early as mid-March and
generally ends in November. Due to areas of flammable brush, portions of the County
have experience woodland fires in the past. High temperature, low humidity, and high
winds increase the potential for woodland fires.
Assumptions
• Mitigation efforts such as vegetation management and prescribed burn plans will
lessen the risk of woodland fire in the county
• Residences will self-evacuate during woodland fire events
• The geographic extent of woodland fire is unpredictable
• Firefighting professionals are trained/ certified in fighting woodland fires.
.
Concept of Operations
The National Weather Service's issuance of a Fire Weather Watch or Red Flag Warning
may initiate a series of responses from municipal, county, and State agencies that have
a role in woodland fire management and coordination.
During a woodland fire, Hennepin County municipalities will establish Incident Command
for command and control and fire suppression. Mutual aid agreements as well as
assistance from the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources may be activated during
these situations.
Organization
A. Incident Management
During a woodland fire, the Incident Commander will establish the initial
command and control functions based on the Incident Command System.
Most woodland fires will be operationally controlled on-scene. It will be the
call of the Incident Commander to activate a local Emergency Operations
Center when deemed necessary for the coordination of resources.
Assignment of Responsibilities
A. National Weather Service (NWS)
1. Issue Fire Weather Watches and Red Flag Warnings when the
combination of dry fuels and weather conditions support extreme fire
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 39
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 12
danger and/or fire behavior
2. Conduct county-wide phone conferences during extreme cold outbreaks
as needed
B. Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR)
1. Keep the NWS aware of fuel conditions which could lead to extreme fire
danger
2. Issue updated fire danger rating maps as well as current burning permit
restrictions
3. Control and extinguish wildfires
4. Coordinate prescribed burns
C. Municipal Fire Departments
1. Control and extinguish wildfires.
D. Hennepin County Emergency Management
1. Maintains situational awareness of woodland fires that have the
potential to impact Hennepin County and its adjacent area of
operations.
2. Disseminate Fire Weather Watches & Red Flag Warning products to
the emergency management community and county leadership.
Plan Development and Maintenance
This Fire, woodland Incident Annex will be reviewed annually for updates, revisions, or
additions. This plan will also be reviewed after every woodland fire event in which it is
activated to reflect any needed updates, revisions or additions that were found within that
response effort.
Plan Integration
2013 Minnesota Fire Weather Operating Plan
Department of Natural Resources Prescribed Burn Handbook
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park City Manager/Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 40
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 4
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Firefighting
Page I 13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 41
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: St. Louis Park Emergency Management Director
Primary Agencies: St. Louis Park Fire Department
St. Louis Park City Departments
St. Louis Park Information Resources
St. Louis Park Legal
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
St. Louis Park City Departments
Hennepin County GIS
MN VOAD
State Resources: Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard
Federal Resources: Department of Homeland Security and Emergency
Management/Federal Emergency Management Agency
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• City of St. Louis Park Departments Standard Operating Procedures
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex B. Emergency Management
• Minnesota State Statutes Chapter 12
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
Purpose
ESF #5 – Emergency Management is responsible for supporting overall activities of the
local municipal government for incident management. ESF #5 provides the core
management and administrative functions in support of the chief elected and appointed
officials; the on-scene incident commanders; the City Incident Managers; and the
Emergency Operations Center. The City of St. Louis Park has requirements in this realm.
The City of St. Louis Park has established ESF #5 to provide the core management and
administrative functions in support of preparedness, response, recovery and mitigation
efforts at the overall city level.
ESF 5 Direction & Control
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 42
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 2
ESF #5 is responsible for emergency and disaster support and planning functions. ESF
#5 activities include those functions that are critical to support and facilitate multiagency
planning and coordination for operations involving incidents requiring actions by multiple
departments or jurisdictions.
This includes alert and notification; staffing and deployment of response teams, as well as
facilitating the requests for and operations of response teams from other departments and
agencies; incident action planning; coordination of operations; logistics management;
direction and control; information collection, analysis, and management; facilitation of
requests for County, State and Federal assistance; resource acquisition and
management; worker safety and health; facilities management; financial management;
and other support as required.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #5 focuses on the emergency management activities that
support emergency operations throughout the City of St. Louis Park. It also outlines the
coordination responsibilities of emergency management during emergencies and
disasters that require county involvement or have a county wide impact. This ESF may
rely on the use of mutual aid for large scale disaster.
During the post-incident response phase, ESF #5 is responsible for the support and
planning functions. ESF #5 activities include those functions that are critical to support
and facilitate multiagency planning and coordination for operations involving incidents
requiring governmental coordination. This includes alert and notification; staffing and
deployment of emergency response teams, as well as coordinating response teams from
other county departments and agencies; incident action planning; coordination of
operations; logistics management; direction and control; information collection, analysis,
and management; facilitation of requests for County, State and Federal assistance;
resource acquisition and management; and other support as required.
ESF #5 serves as the coordination ESF for all City of St. Louis Park departments and
agencies across the spectrum of incident management from pre-emergency planning, to
hazard mitigation and preparedness to response and recovery. ESF #5 will identify
resources for alert, activation, and subsequent deployment for quick and effective
response, and will coordinate response and recovery activities between individual scenes
of action and City elected officials, senior management and policy makers.
County/Jurisdiction Interface: As the ESF #5 coordinating entity, HCEM will develop,
implement, and maintain the All Hazard Emergency Operations Plan and the Countywide
All Hazard Mitigation Plan. HCEM will coordinate the integration of county departmental
emergency procedures, and will support (when requested) jurisdictional department
emergency procedures with these plans and each other to assure unity of purpose.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 43
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 3
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Responsibilities
The City of St. Louis Park City Manager/Emergency Manager will be responsible for
overall direction and control of city government resources involved in the response to a
disaster. The line of succession to the Emergency Manager is:
City Manager/Emergency Manager
Fire Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator
Police Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator
The Emergency Management Coordinators will serve in a staff capacity to the City
Manager, and will implement and coordinate all aspects of this plan.
The Mayor and City Council are responsible for:
• A Declaration of Emergency
• Policy Issues
• Financial decisions over approved amounts
City of Saint Louis Park Emergency Operations Center (EOC)
Direction and Control of St. Louis Park’s response to a disaster will be carried out at the
St. Louis Park EOC.
The primary EOC is located at the St. Louis Park Police Department – 3015 Raleigh Ave.
South.
If for some reason the EOC is not usable at the time of a disaster, the St. Louis Park Fire
Department Station 1 – 3750 Wooddale Avenue will serve as the alternate EOC or as
designated. The primary and alternate EOC can be fully operational in two hours.
Criteria for EOC Activation
The degree of St. Louis Park EOC activation will be determined by the severity of the
emergency.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 44
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 4
A. The EOC may be partially activated due to a potential threat to life or property
from severe weather, I.e. tornado, flooding, blizzard, or hazardous materials
incident or accident that is a controlled release of a reportable product (Response
Level 1)
B. The EOC would be fully activated in response to any and all hazards resulting
in a threat to life and property longer than an operational period.
Responsibility for EOC Activation
In the event of a major disaster, EOC staff would be expected to automatically report to
the EOC. However, the St. Louis Park Emergency Management Coordinator is
responsible for ensuring that the EOC is activated according to the criteria discussed
above.
Staffing of the EOC
The staffing list for the St. Louis Park EOC is on file with the Emergency Management
Coordinator. Each department/agency which is represented in the EOC is responsible for
ensuring that its representative is familiar with duties which he/she is expected to perform
at the EOC.
At anytime the City Emergency Management Coordinator may request All Hazard
Incident Management Team Support for Incident or EOC Support. These teams can be
utilized to assist in fulfilling operational period (12 to 24 hour) needs.
The following chart indicates the level of training that is maintained for those that would
be involved in an Incident, Planned event or EOC activation.
100 200 700 800 300 400 402 EOC
Set-up
Annual Update
Activation
Elected
Officials
X X
Department
Staff
X X X X Department
Heads X
Command
Staff
X X X X X X X X
Responders X X X X Fire /
PD / IT
Other (CERT) X X X X Leaders? X Leadership
EOC Equipment/Supplies
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 45
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 5
The St. Louis Park Emergency Management Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that
the EOC is operational and that the necessary maps, displays, tables, chairs,
communication equipment, message logs, etc. are on hand and available for use in the
EOC.
Communications Capability
The St. Louis Park Emergency Management Coordinator has been given the
responsibility of ensuring all communications systems primary and secondary are
operational and communication links between response personnel and EOC operations
are identified.
Communication links are established between the Saint Louis Park EOC and the
following organizations:
1. Other municipalities within the county and adjacent counties
2. Hennepin County EOC and State EOC
3. City Departments
4. All City of Saint Louis Park responders and Hennepin County responders
5. Hospital
6. Amateur radio communications networks
7. MNVOADS
EOC Capabilities
1. Both EOCs have an emergency (back-up) power source which is capable of
supplying back-up power to the entire building.
2. Both EOCs is connected to the water system
3. Both EOCs ventilation is monitored by a sensor that regulates fresh air into the
EOC when needed
4. Both EOCs are equipped with restroom and shower facilities which are connected
to the city sanitation system
5. Both EOCs have a fully equipped kitchen
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
Preparedness • Review the ESF-5 Annex annually and update as needed
• Continually evaluate the capabilities required to accomplish the
ESF-5 mission, identify any gaps, and leverage resources to
address them
• Manage the resolution of ESF-5 after-action issues
• Develop and/or participate in relevant ESF related planning,
training, and exercise activities at the local, regional, state, and/or
federal level
• Ensure necessary supplements to the ESF are developed and
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 46
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 6
maintained (including emergency contact lists, resource lists,
departmental/functional plans, procedures, protocols, & EOC
check lists)
• Ensure representatives from the Coordinating Agency and
Support Agencies are fully trained and prepared to respond to the
County EOC
• Ensure each of the preparedness responsibilities identified for
ESF-5 are accomplished
• Maintain an inventory of agency resources
• Maintain emergency contact information
Response • Establish and maintain operational awareness of emergency
management through direct communications links with
operational units (both private and public) in the field and/or their
appropriate coordinating entities;
• Conduct emergency management disaster impact and needs
assessments, prioritize ESF-5 operational objectives in alignment
with the EOC Action Plan, and coordinate ESF-5 city-wide
response activities;
• Collect and analyze information relevant to ESF-5 and report in
Common Operating System and EOC documents including EOC
Action Plans and Situational Reports;
• Receive, manage, & track resource requests for ESF-5;
• Ensure full coordination of activities with other groups within the
EOC to assist in the development and maintenance of a common
operating picture.
• Provide emergency management support in emergency/disasters,
in accordance with departmental operations guides & protocols,
existing MOUs & agreements, and the ESF-5.
• Coordinate response activities with the City EOC in support of the
ESF-5 mission
• Ensure responsibilities identified in ESF-5 are accomplished
regardless of the activation/staffing level of the City EOC
• Arrange for appropriate staffing for ESF-5 in the EOC throughout
activations
• Coordinate the ESF-5 activities with the County EOC
Recovery • Coordinate the ESF-5 support of recovery activities
• Coordinate the restoration of ESF-5 resources and/or capabilities
as needed
• Ensure ESF-5 EOC and/or participating agencies provide
appropriate records of costs incurred
• Conduct an ESF-5 after action review
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 47
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 7
Mitigation • Identify and implement mitigation activities to prevent or lessen
the impact of future incidents
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex B. Emergency Management
National incident Management System (NIMS)
Board, Resolution 05-6-267 established the National Incident Management System
(NIMS) as the standard for incident management within Hennepin County.
Policy
The standards and practices of NIMS will be the primary emergency management
concept. It is the policy of Hennepin County and each municipality to establish overall
direction, control and coordination through an Emergency Operations Center (EOC) to
support the community response to a disaster.
Each participating jurisdiction designates primary and alternate locations from which to
establish direction and control at the Incident Command Post (ICP) during a disaster. The
EOC shall be kept informed of current status and needs.
It is the policy of HCEM to use City Watch, WebEOC, social media, IPAWS, and other
existing systems, such as telephone, telephone facsimiles, county radio frequencies, law
enforcement teletype, and amateur radio for the dissemination of warning information.
The Emergency Alerting System (EAS) may also be used.
It is the policy of HCEM to endeavor to release timely and accurate emergency
information to the public concerning emergency preparedness, response and recovery in
a cooperative manner with the media. This will be coordinated with Incident
Commanders, other jurisdictions and the State Emergency Operations Center (SEOC).
All such releases will be under the control of the EOC with all participating jurisdictions
coordinating fact-based emergency public information for dissemination.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
County Administration Emergency Management 5
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 48
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 8
Direction & Control
The Director of Emergency Management (DEM) and the staff of the HCEM will assist in
coordination of emergency operations and be the contact point for the Division of
Homeland Security and Emergency Management (HSEM), the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA), and the Department of Homeland Security (DHS). The
DEM will be staff advisor to the County Administrator. The County Administrator may
convene an Emergency Team to assess the situation and the actions taken thus far, and
to determine a plan of action.
Board Resolution 02-2-48R1 details the emergency administrative line of succession.
Responsibility for direction and control for disaster response and recovery rests with the
County Administrator. The line of succession is:
County Administrator
Deputy County Administrator
Assistant County Administrator, Public Works
Assistant County Administrator, Human Services
Transportation Department Director
Community Health Department Director
Children, Family & Adult Services Department Director
Community Corrections Department Director
Purpose
To provide for the effective overall direction, control, and coordination of emergency
management activities undertaken in accordance with the Hennepin County Emergency
Operations Plan and to provide guidance for the dissemination of warning information.
Emergency operations include coordination of resources to save lives, protect property
and provide for the continuity of government. Operations may also include liaison and
coordination with local, state, and federal jurisdictions as well as other public and private
agencies and organizations.
Scope
The provisions of this section encompass activation of all or part of the Hennepin County
EOP for emergencies and disasters in the County or in any of the participating
jurisdictions.
Recognition and the use of the National Incident Management System (NIMS) at all levels
provides for the expansion of the emergency management system to meet the specific
needs of the incident, regardless of the nature and scope.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 49
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 5
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Direction & Control
Page I 9
Functions covered by this portion of the plan are:
A. Incident Command (Unified Command)
B. Liaison
C. Emergency Public Information and Warning
D. Incident personnel safety
Assumptions
• When an emergency/disaster occurs or threatens to occur, the EOC will be
activated in a timely manner.
• If a total evacuation becomes necessary, operations can be successfully controlled
from nearby safe locations.
• Close coordination must be maintained between the EOC and the disaster scene
to identify special considerations, secondary threats, and available resources.
• Most emergency situations are handled routinely by emergency response
personnel and can be managed at the field level under established departmental
procedures.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of Saint Louis Park Police Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
City of Saint Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 50
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Recreation Director
Primary Agencies: American Red Cross Twin Cities
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Public Health & Human Services
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
City of St. Louis Park Recreation
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park City Departments
City of St. Louis Park Police Department
City of St. Louis Park Fire Department
MN VOAD
American Red Cross Twin Cities
Hennepin County Parks and Recreation
Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
Hennepin County EMS Agencies
Hennepin County Medical Reserve Corps
Salvation Army
Hennepin County Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Agencies: Department of Homeland Security/FEMA
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• Hennepin County EOP – Annex J. Human Services
• Hennepin County EOP – Support Annex C. Shelter
• Hennepin County EOP – Support Annex D. Mass Care
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
Purpose
This ESF will describe how the Mass Care and Community Service needs of the
citizens of St. Louis Park will be met in the event of an emergency or disaster. This
ESF 6 Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 51
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
2
ESF also includes the provision of mass care to professional and volunteer disaster
responders.
Mass Care includes the provision of emergency shelter, and any life care needs for
people in shelters such as food, sanitation, clothing, bedding etc., necessary for the
length of their stay at the Mass Care facility (emergency shelter) depending on the
duration of their sheltering needs. Emergency Human Services includes the
registration of victims in need, referral to victims’ services, and mental health
counseling for victims and responders. Emergency Human Services also includes the
provision of temporary housing, feeding, and basic needs services to people affected
by the disaster who are not staying in shelters or after the shelters have closed.
Mass patient care including the provision of Medical Alternate Care sites, where large
numbers of sick or injured disaster victims/patients are provided temporary in-patient
medical care outside of a hospital or nursing home, is covered in ESF 8 Health and
Medical
Scope
This ESF can be implemented prior to or during an emergency to meet existing or
anticipated needs. It addresses disaster related Mass Care, Housing, and Human
Services issues under all hazard situations. Policies and procedures herein can be
applied to situations ranging from highly localized small-scale events to catastrophic
disasters affecting a large area of the City of St. Louis Park or Hennepin County.
The County may also activate Functional Annex J. Human Services to offer its
shelters to victims of disasters outside the City’s jurisdiction. City of St. Louis Park or
Hennepin County may be called upon in mutual aid to provide shelter space and mass
care to citizens from other cities, counties, and even other states.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex J. Human Services
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Public Health and
Human Services
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
8
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 52
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
3
Purpose
Provide necessary emergency social services and response to basic human needs,
including housing, sheltering assistance, food, clothing and counseling, during an
emergency, natural disaster, or acts of terrorism.
Scope
In an emergency or disaster situation, the County’s Human Services and Public Health
Department (HSPHD) will provide or coordinate the provision of assistance in the basic
areas of food, clothing and shelter for the affected residents of the disaster area within
Hennepin County. In addition the department will work with community partners to
assist with intermediate and long term recovery efforts.
Organization
HSPHD is responsible for the Human Services response and recovery activities when the
Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan is activated. This includes the coordination
of community resources such as the American Red Cross, Salvation Army, faith- based
organizations, and other voluntary and governmental organizations that are involved in human
service response and recovery activities.
Responsibilities
A. Provider Overview
1. HSPHD’s may provide the following basic need support services:
a. Eligibility Supports Programs such as:
• Emergency aid,
• Emergency General Assistance
• Emergency Assistance
• Minnesota Supplemental Aid Emergency Assistance
• Expedited Food Stamps
• Minnesota Family Investment Program
• Medical Assistance
• General Assistance Medical Care
• Food Stamps
• Women Infant Children Supplemental Food Program
b. Social Service Programs may provide:
• Immediate Response
• Family Preservation
• Permanency
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 53
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
4
• Chemical Health Services
• Developmental Disabilities Services
• Mental Health Services
• Services to Seniors
• Services to Persons with Disabilities
• Child care support
c. Interim aid vouchers for food, lodging, transportation and clothing.
d. Support for the provision of congregate sheltering and feeding.
e. Operation and provision of human services at assistance and
disaster recovery centers.
f. Assistance with family reunification.
g. Case coordination.
2. Volunteer Agencies
a. American Red Cross may provide:
• Food for victims and emergency workers
• Registration of victims
• Crisis counseling for victims and emergency workers
• Temporary shelter
• Congregate care
• Clothing
• Cash assistance to victims for emergency needs.
b. Salvation Army may provide:
• Mobile feeding, including hot meals and/or snacks for
disaster victims and emergency workers at the scene of
the disaster.
• Food and commodities distribution
• Temporary shelter
• Bedding
• Clothing
• Furniture
• Collection of donated goods
• Registration and identification of victims
• Missing person services (locating individuals and
answering inquiries from persons outside the disaster
area).
• Counseling and social work services
• Assistance to deal with medical issues
• Referrals to appropriate agencies for special services.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 54
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
5
Support Annex C. Shelter
Purpose
The purpose of this annex is to provide an overview of how shelter management is
implemented.
Assumptions
• Evacuees will seek shelter with friends or relatives rather than go to public shelter
• Evacuees will be provided information as to where they can shelter
• Functional needs evacuees will need assistance relocating.
• Shelters can accommodate household pets
Concept of Operation
Coordination between the requesting agency, organization, or municipality and the
American Red Cross is required in the event shelter is required. Some municipalities have
dedicated plans and space in the event shelter is required; opening those shelters is
based upon of those agreements between those parties.
Hennepin County Emergency Management can assist in the process in acquiring shelter.
A list of shelters that have signed agreements with the American Red Cross is on file with
the Twin Cities Area Chapter and the Central Minnesota Chapter, of the American Red
Cross. The specific site(s) will be selected at the time of the incident, according to needs,
and the use of such facilities is expected to be temporary.
The designated congregate care sites for nuclear generating plants are: Princeton High
school and Rogers High school for the Monticello nuclear generating plant.
Crisis intervention and mental health counseling will need to be provided at shelters
Support Annex D. Mass Care
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Human Services and
Public Health
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
MNVOAD
6
8
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Human Services and
Public Health
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
MNVOAD
6
8
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 55
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 6
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Mass Care, Housing & Human Services
6
Purpose
The purpose of this annex is to provide an overview of how the emergency human service
needs of Hennepin County residents will be met in the event of a major
disaster/emergency. These mass care needs may include: establishment of a reception
center and mass care site, registration of evacuees, disaster welfare inquiry, housing,
feeding, clothing and crisis counseling.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Recreation Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 56
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park City Manager/Emergency Manager
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
City of St. Louis Park Finance/Controller
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Departments
State Resources: Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management Minnesota All Hazard Incident Management Team III
Minnesota National Guard
MN VOAD
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• City of St. Louis Park Department Standard Operating Procedures
• City of St. Louis Park City Charter
• City of St. Louis Park Ordinance
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex N. Resource Management
• Hennepin County EOP – Support Annex H. Volunteer Coordination
• Hennepin County EOP – Support Annex I. Donations Management
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) is developed to outline the responsibility for
providing emergency management logistical support within the City of St. Louis Park
and to identify operation needs. This includes the management of donations and
volunteers during an incident.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #7 focuses on the emergency management activities
that support emergency operations throughout City of St. Louis Park. This ESF will
rely heavily on the use of mutual aid for large scale disaster due to the limited number
of resources within the City of St. Louis Park. Emergency Management will assist in
ESF 7 Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 57
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 2
the coordination of an Incident Action Plan with the Emergency Management staff’s
primary focus being the Planning and Logistic Sections position during a disaster.
ESF-7 applies to all individuals and organizations and the full range of Resource
Management services that may be required to support disaster response and
recovery operations. ESF-7 Logistics Management will provide support to all other
ESF’s in regards to resources. This Emergency Support Function (ESF) provides
guidance to assist in coordinating the provision of personnel, equipment, supplies,
facilities and services to support emergency operations. Specifically, ESF-7 Logistics
Management addresses:
• City EOC Logistics
• Resource identification
• Resource procurement
• Resource coordination
• Facilities and logistics
• Personnel augmentation
• Volunteer and donations management
Situations and Assumptions
Offers of Goods
A. The Donations Coordination Team under the direction of the St. Louis Park
Emergency Management Coordinator will handle only unsolicited offers of goods.
Goods that are given to a particular volunteer agency (ie: MNVOADs) are the
responsibility of that organization including transportation, storage, warehousing,
distribution, and disposal of goods.
B. Designated goods left over after a disaster will be distributed or disposed of as the
designated recipient decides.
C. A log will be kept of all offers of undesignated goods and requests for donated
goods.
D. Solicitation of goods donations by the Donations Coordination Team and the
responding voluntary agencies should be carefully coordinated to minimize
confusion, duplication of efforts and gaps in service. Donations Coordination
Team members and volunteer agency responders are to coordinate donation
messages.
E. Partner organizations may open and operate separate warehouse and distribution
facilities for goods that have been donated directly to them. All support
requirements and operation costs of such facilities are the sole responsibility of the
operating organization.
F. Whenever possible, donations of funds should go directly to agencies or
organizations providing assistance. Monetary donations are preferable to
providing donations of goods. Logistics will work with the Finance Section.
Offers of Volunteer Resources
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 58
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 3
A. The Donations Coordination Team will handle/process undesignated offers of
service only. Volunteers who are affiliated with a recognized provider of disaster
assistance (American Red Cross, Salvation Army or other responding
organization) will be responsible for the welfare of their own personnel.
B. All volunteers, whether affiliated with responding organization or not, assisting in a
disaster area must be registered and must wear identification. Personnel wearing
the identification of a responding organization are assumed to the responsibility of
and under the control of the identified group.
C. Minnesota State Statute 12.22 subd. 2a states that “… individuals who volunteer to
assist a local political subdivision during an emergency or disasters, who register
with the subdivision, and who are under the direction and control of that
subdivision, are considered an employee of that subdivision.”
D. As with donated goods, a log will be kept of all service offers of unaffiliated
personnel and requests for donated services.
E. Solicitations for volunteer help by the Donations Coordination Team and by
responding volunteer agencies should be carefully coordinated to minimize
confusion, duplication of efforts, and gaps in service. Donation Coordination Team
members and the voluntary agency liaison must work closely with the St. Louis
Park Public Information Officer and voluntary agency responders to coordinate
requests for volunteers help from the general public.
Offers of Funds
A. Donations of money designated to go to a particular organization or agency
providing assistance need to be made to that organization. The receiving
organization will be responsible for handling the donations according to their
established policies.
B. Donors who attempt to donate to a “general” fund will be referred to one or more of
the organizations or agencies that collect donations and/or respond in a disaster
situation.
C. If monetary donations are received as a last resort, Finance will create a code in
accounting to track the monetary donation.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex N. Resource Management
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Purchasing & Contract
Services
MNVOAD
HSEM
7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 59
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 4
Policy
Hennepin County Purchasing & Contract Services Rules & Procedures
Purpose
To provide for the overall management of the resources of and available to Hennepin
County on a continuous basis and to provide guidance and outline procedures for
efficiently obtaining, managing, allocating, and monitoring the use of resource during a
disaster.
Scope
This Annex describes how Hennepin County coordinates resource management with
municipal, state and Federal governments and the private sector.
Assumptions
• Procedures have been established for requesting assistance and obtaining
resources during an emergency
• Much of the equipment and many of the supplies required for emergency
operations will come from inventories on hand.
• Donated goods and services can be a valuable source of resources
• Volunteer groups active in disaster will provide such emergency services as shelter
management and mass feeding when requested to do so by local officials.
• Additional supplies and equipment required for emergency operations will
generally be available from normal sources of supply.
• If the municipality is depending on mutual aid to cover resource shortfalls, it
assumes some parties to the agreement will themselves be affected and unable
to provide the resources.
• Pressure on the resource management function to supply unmet needs of
response agencies may be reduced by assistance from the next higher level of
government.
• Resource requirements under emergency conditions will be required for an
extended period of time.
• Commercial services and facilities providing lodging, food services, and fuel near
the affected area may be closed, have limited supplies and resources or be
overwhelmed and unable to support response efforts.
A. MNVOAD
1. Those organizations affiliated with MNVOAD can provide a variety of resources
including but not limited to volunteers and volunteer management, food,
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 60
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 5
management of donated goods, amateur radio operators, and household pet or
service animal evacuation and sheltering.
Adventist Disaster
Response
American Baptist Men American Radio Relay
League
American Red Cross Arrowhead VOAD Catholic United Response
Channel One, Inc. Christian Reformed World
Relief - Disaster
Response Services
Church of Jesus Christ of
Latter-day Saints
Church of the Brethren
Disaster Ministries
Church World Service Civil Air Patrol Minnesota
Wing
Green Cross, Inc. Headwaters Relief
Organization
Hope for the City
Lutheran Disaster
Response
Mennonite Disaster
Service
Minnesota Animal Disaster
Coalition
Minnesota Disaster Relief Minnesota HSEM Minnesota Horse Council
Minnesota Search &
Rescue Dog Association
Minnesota/Wisconsin
Baptist Convention
Disaster Relief
Nazarene Disaster Response
NECHAMA - Jewish
Response to Disaster
North American Center for
Emergency
Communications
Operation Blessing
International
Paws for Learning, Inc. Salvation Army Second Harvest Heartland
United Church of Christ United Methodist Church United Way / 2-1-1
World Vision
Support Annex H. Volunteer Coordination
Policy
Local governments have primary responsibility, in coordination with VOADs, to develop
and implement plans to manage volunteer services.
The volunteer coordination process must be organized to ensure that volunteers are able
to provide to appropriate and timely types of volunteer services when requested, in a
manner that precludes interference with or hampering of emergency operations.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
MNVOAD
Municipalities 7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 61
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 6
The Emergency Management Coordinator from each jurisdiction should consider the
following:
• Coordinate with other agencies to ensure goods and resources are used
Effectively
• Looks principally to those organizations with established volunteer management
structures
• Encourages volunteerism through recognized non-profit volunteer organizations
• Encourages individuals to participate through local Citizen’s Corps Council and/or
affiliate with a recognized organization
• Encourages the use of existing nongovernmental organizational volunteer and
resources before seeking governmental assistance.
Purpose
The Volunteer Support Annex describes the coordinating processes used to ensure the
most efficient and effective utilization of unaffiliated volunteers during disasters.
Scope
During an emergency, volunteer support may occur regardless of request or whether the
volunteer support meets an identified need. Volunteer services in this annex refer to
unsolicited goods, and unaffiliated volunteer services. Although unaffiliated volunteers
can be significant resources and because they do not have pre-established relationships
with emergency response organizations, verifying their training or credentials and
matching them with the appropriate service areas can be difficult.
1. Volunteer Coordination - involves a process for effectively matching unaffiliated
spontaneous volunteers with credible voluntary organizations. The County encourages
individuals to affiliate with a Voluntary Organizations Active in Disaster (VOAD) member
agency, or other credible organization, to volunteer their services in relief and recovery
activities.
Assumptions
• Lack of an organized system of management for volunteers will result in chaos and
detract from an otherwise effective disaster response. Without controls, volunteers
can overwhelm the staging area
• Volunteerism activities may begin before a Federal Disaster Declaration.
• Local agencies accept, care for, and manage their own volunteers.
• The timely release of appropriate information to the public regarding the
recruitment and necessity of volunteers during an event is a seamless transition
• This Annex was designed to coordinate the application of resources during times
of disaster; it does not direct any individual or private community organization’s
policies concerning gifts or donations. Individual organizations will operate
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 62
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 7
under their own administrative protocols.
• In a wide scale disaster, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
Region V may establish a regional disaster donations program for the benefit of all
states in Region V.
Support Annex I. Donations Management
Policy
Local governments have primary responsibility, in coordination with VOADs, to develop
and implement plans to manage donated goods.
The donation management process must be organized and coordinated to ensure that the
citizens of Hennepin County are able to take advantage of the appropriate types and
amounts of donated goods and services in a manner that precludes interference with or
hampering of emergency operations.
The Emergency Management Coordinator from each jurisdiction should consider the
following:
• Coordinate with other agencies to ensure goods and resources are used
Effectively
• Looks principally to those organizations with established donations management
structures
• Encourage cash donations through recognized non-profit volunteer organizations
• Encourage individuals to participate through local Citizen’s Corps Council and/or
affiliate with a recognized organization
• Encourages the use of existing nongovernmental organizational before seeking
governmental assistance.
Purpose
The Donations Management Support Annex describes the coordinating processes used
to ensure the most efficient and effective utilization of unaffiliated donated goods
during disasters.
Scope
During an emergency, Donated goods may occur regardless of request or whether the
items donated meets an identified need. Donation management in this annex refers to
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
MNVOAD
Municipalities 7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 63
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 8
unsolicited goods, and unaffiliated donation services. Although unaffiliated donations can
be a significant resource and because they do not have pre-established relationships with
emergency response organizations, coordinating the need, tracking and distribution to
match families can be difficult.
1. Donations Management - involves a process for effectively matching unsolicited
undesignated in-kind donations with credible voluntary organizations. The County
encourages individuals to contribute donations to a VOAD member agency, or other
credible organization. The County encourages the donations in the form of financial
contributions whenever possible.
Assumptions
• Lack of an organized system of management of donations will result in chaos and
detract from an otherwise effective disaster response. Without controls, large
amounts of unsolicited, unusable donations will be sent.
• Donation activities may begin before a Federal Disaster Declaration.
• Local agencies accept, care for, and manage all donated goods.
• The timely release of appropriate information to the public regarding the
recruitment and necessity of donated goods during an event is a seamless
transition
• The donation of money is the most desirable and practical. Monetary donations
require little manpower to process, can be used directly to relieve suffering, can be
used to buy needed disaster items, and can assist the recovery of the affected
economy.
• This Annex was designed to coordinate the application of resources during times
of disaster; it does not direct any individual or private community organization’s
policies concerning gifts or donations. Individual organizations will operate
under their own administrative protocols.
• In a wide scale disaster, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
Region V may establish a regional disaster donations program for the benefit of all
states in Region V.
Organization
A. Donations Coordination Team
The municipal Emergency Management Director of the jurisdiction having authority
will designate an individual to assist the Donations Coordination Team in
facilitating transactions concerning offers of cash, goods and services and
volunteers during the disaster operations. The team is made up of the Volunteer
Resource Coordinator, Donated Goods Coordinator, and the Financial
Coordinator.
B. Donations Coordination Center
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 64
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 9
The state donations coordinator and representatives of participating volunteer
organizations will be assigned to a Donations Coordination Center at the onset of a
disaster. This Donations Coordination Center will be the central location for the
Donations Coordination Team. The Center will be located at a location that has
adequate resources to maintain operations, i.e., phone lines, computer access,
close to the EOC, restrooms and kitchen, and emergency power.
The Donations Coordination Center is tasked with sorting, disposing of or refusing
goods, managing, and facilitating the matching of donated goods and services with
all organizations involved. The command post will work in conjunction with the
affected jurisdictions Emergency Operation Centers.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Finance Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 65
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Emergency Manager
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Departments
State Resources: Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management Minnesota All Hazard Incident Management Team III
Minnesota National Guard
MN VOAD
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• City of St. Louis Park Department Standard Operating Procedures
• City of St. Louis Park City Charter
• City of St. Louis Park Ordinance
• MN State Statutes
• Hennepin County EOP
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) is developed to outline the responsibility for
providing emergency management logistical support within the City of St. Louis Park
and to identify operation needs. This includes the management of donations and
volunteers during an incident.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #7 focuses on the emergency management activities
that support emergency operations throughout City of St. Louis Park. This ESF will
rely heavily on the use of mutual aid for large scale disaster due to the limited number
of resources within the City of St. Louis Park. Emergency Management will assist in
the coordination of an Incident Action Plan with the Emergency Management staff’s
primary focus being the Planning and Logistic Sections position during a disaster.
ESF 7 Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 66
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 2
ESF-7 applies to all individuals and organizations and the full range of Resource
Management services that may be required to support disaster response and
recovery operations. ESF-7 Logistics Management will provide support to all other
ESF’s in regards to resources. This Emergency Support Function (ESF) provides
guidance to assist in coordinating the provision of personnel, equipment, supplies,
facilities and services to support emergency operations. Specifically, ESF-7 Logistics
Management addresses:
• City EOC Logistics
• Resource identification
• Resource procurement
• Resource coordination
• Facilities and logistics
• Personnel augmentation
• Volunteer and donations management
Situations and Assumptions
Offers of Goods
A. The Donations Coordination Team under the direction of the St. Louis Park
Emergency Management Coordinator will handle only unsolicited offers of goods.
Goods that are given to a particular volunteer agency (ie: MNVOADs) are the
responsibility of that organization including transportation, storage, warehousing,
distribution, and disposal of goods.
B. Designated goods left over after a disaster will be distributed or disposed of as the
designated recipient decides.
C. A log will be kept of all offers of undesignated goods and requests for donated
goods.
D. Solicitation of goods donations by the Donations Coordination Team and the
responding voluntary agencies should be carefully coordinated to minimize
confusion, duplication of efforts and gaps in service. Donations Coordination
Team members and volunteer agency responders are to coordinate donation
messages.
E. Partner organizations may open and operate separate warehouse and distribution
facilities for goods that have been donated directly to them. All support
requirements and operation costs of such facilities are the sole responsibility of the
operating organization.
F. Whenever possible, donations of funds should go directly to agencies or
organizations providing assistance. Monetary donations are preferable to
providing donations of goods. Logistics will work with the Finance Section.
Offers of Volunteer Resources
A. The Donations Coordination Team will handle/process undesignated offers of
service only. Volunteers who are affiliated with a recognized provider of disaster
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 67
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 3
assistance (American Red Cross, Salvation Army or other responding
organization) will be responsible for the welfare of their own personnel.
B. All volunteers, whether affiliated with responding organization or not, assisting in a
disaster area must be registered and must wear identification. Personnel wearing
the identification of a responding organization are assumed to the responsibility of
and under the control of the identified group.
C. Minnesota State Statute 12.22 subd. 2a states that “… individuals who volunteer to
assist a local political subdivision during an emergency or disasters, who register
with the subdivision, and who are under the direction and control of that
subdivision, are considered an employee of that subdivision.”
D. As with donated goods, a log will be kept of all service offers of unaffiliated
personnel and requests for donated services.
E. Solicitations for volunteer help by the Donations Coordination Team and by
responding volunteer agencies should be carefully coordinated to minimize
confusion, duplication of efforts, and gaps in service. Donation Coordination Team
members and the voluntary agency liaison must work closely with the St. Louis
Park Public Information Officer and voluntary agency responders to coordinate
requests for volunteers help from the general public.
Offers of Funds
A. Donations of money designated to go to a particular organization or agency
providing assistance need to be made to that organization. The receiving
organization will be responsible for handling the donations according to their
established policies.
B. Donors who attempt to donate to a “general” fund will be referred to one or more of
the organizations or agencies that collect donations and/or respond in a disaster
situation.
C. If monetary donations are received as a last resort, Finance will create a code in
accounting to track the monetary donation.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Support Annex H. Volunteer Coordination
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
MNVOAD
Municipalities 7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 68
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 4
Policy
Local governments have primary responsibility, in coordination with VOADs, to develop
and implement plans to manage volunteer services.
The volunteer coordination process must be organized to ensure that volunteers are able
to provide to appropriate and timely types of volunteer services when requested, in a
manner that precludes interference with or hampering of emergency operations.
The Emergency Management Coordinator from each jurisdiction should consider the
following:
• Coordinate with other agencies to ensure goods and resources are used
Effectively
• Looks principally to those organizations with established volunteer management
structures
• Encourages volunteerism through recognized non-profit volunteer organizations
• Encourages individuals to participate through local Citizen’s Corps Council and/or
affiliate with a recognized organization
• Encourages the use of existing nongovernmental organizational volunteer and
resources before seeking governmental assistance.
Purpose
The Volunteer Support Annex describes the coordinating processes used to ensure the
most efficient and effective utilization of unaffiliated volunteers during disasters.
Scope
During an emergency, volunteer support may occur regardless of request or whether the
volunteer support meets an identified need. Volunteer services in this annex refer to
unsolicited goods, and unaffiliated volunteer services. Although unaffiliated volunteers
can be significant resources and because they do not have pre-established relationships
with emergency response organizations, verifying their training or credentials and
matching them with the appropriate service areas can be difficult.
1. Volunteer Coordination - involves a process for effectively matching unaffiliated
spontaneous volunteers with credible voluntary organizations. The County encourages
individuals to affiliate with a Voluntary Organizations Active in Disaster (VOAD) member
agency, or other credible organization, to volunteer their services in relief and recovery
activities.
Assumptions
• Lack of an organized system of management for volunteers will result in chaos and
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 69
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 5
detract from an otherwise effective disaster response. Without controls, volunteers
can overwhelm the staging area
• Volunteerism activities may begin before a Federal Disaster Declaration.
• Local agencies accept, care for, and manage their own volunteers.
• The timely release of appropriate information to the public regarding the
recruitment and necessity of volunteers during an event is a seamless transition
• This Annex was designed to coordinate the application of resources during times
of disaster; it does not direct any individual or private community organization’s
policies concerning gifts or donations. Individual organizations will operate
under their own administrative protocols.
• In a wide scale disaster, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
Region V may establish a regional disaster donations program for the benefit of all
states in Region V.
Support Annex I. Donations Management
Policy
Local governments have primary responsibility, in coordination with VOADs, to develop
and implement plans to manage donated goods.
The donation management process must be organized and coordinated to ensure that the
citizens of Hennepin County are able to take advantage of the appropriate types and
amounts of donated goods and services in a manner that precludes interference with or
hampering of emergency operations.
The Emergency Management Coordinator from each jurisdiction should consider the
following:
• Coordinate with other agencies to ensure goods and resources are used
Effectively
• Looks principally to those organizations with established donations management
structures
• Encourage cash donations through recognized non-profit volunteer organizations
• Encourage individuals to participate through local Citizen’s Corps Council and/or
affiliate with a recognized organization
• Encourages the use of existing nongovernmental organizational before seeking
governmental assistance.
Purpose
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
MNVOAD
Municipalities 7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 70
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 6
The Donations Management Support Annex describes the coordinating processes used
to ensure the most efficient and effective utilization of unaffiliated donated goods
during disasters.
Scope
During an emergency, Donated goods may occur regardless of request or whether the
items donated meets an identified need. Donation management in this annex refers to
unsolicited goods, and unaffiliated donation services. Although unaffiliated donations can
be a significant resource and because they do not have pre-established relationships with
emergency response organizations, coordinating the need, tracking and distribution to
match families can be difficult.
1. Donations Management - involves a process for effectively matching unsolicited
undesignated in-kind donations with credible voluntary organizations. The County
encourages individuals to contribute donations to a VOAD member agency, or other
credible organization. The County encourages the donations in the form of financial
contributions whenever possible.
Assumptions
• Lack of an organized system of management of donations will result in chaos and
detract from an otherwise effective disaster response. Without controls, large
amounts of unsolicited, unusable donations will be sent.
• Donation activities may begin before a Federal Disaster Declaration.
• Local agencies accept, care for, and manage all donated goods.
• The timely release of appropriate information to the public regarding the
recruitment and necessity of donated goods during an event is a seamless
transition
• The donation of money is the most desirable and practical. Monetary donations
require little manpower to process, can be used directly to relieve suffering, can be
used to buy needed disaster items, and can assist the recovery of the affected
economy.
• This Annex was designed to coordinate the application of resources during times
of disaster; it does not direct any individual or private community organization’s
policies concerning gifts or donations. Individual organizations will operate
under their own administrative protocols.
• In a wide scale disaster, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)
Region V may establish a regional disaster donations program for the benefit of all
states in Region V.
Organization
A. Donations Coordination Team
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 71
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 7
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Logistics & Volunteer/Donations Management
Page I 7
The municipal Emergency Management Director of the jurisdiction having authority
will designate an individual to assist the Donations Coordination Team in
facilitating transactions concerning offers of cash, goods and services and
volunteers during the disaster operations. The team is made up of the Volunteer
Resource Coordinator, Donated Goods Coordinator, and the Financial
Coordinator.
B. Donations Coordination Center
The state donations coordinator and representatives of participating volunteer
organizations will be assigned to a Donations Coordination Center at the onset of a
disaster. This Donations Coordination Center will be the central location for the
Donations Coordination Team. The Center will be located at a location that has
adequate resources to maintain operations, i.e., phone lines, computer access,
close to the EOC, restrooms and kitchen, and emergency power.
The Donations Coordination Center is tasked with sorting, disposing of or refusing
goods, managing, and facilitating the matching of donated goods and services with
all organizations involved. The command post will work in conjunction with the
affected jurisdictions Emergency Operation Centers.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Finance Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 72
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 9
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Search & Rescue
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Fire Department
City of St. Louis Park Police, Explorers, and Reserves
Hennepin County Municipal Fire Departments
Minnesota Task Force 1 and Collapse Structure Rescue
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Emergency Communications Center
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Minnesota All Hazards Incident Management Team III
MN VOAD
Emergency Medical Services
Hennepin County Sheriffs and Reserves
Hennepin County RACES
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol
Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Department of Transportation
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
Minnesota Department of Homeland Security and Emergency
Management
Minnesota National Guard
MinnSARDA (Minnesota Search and Rescue Dog Association
Minnesota Civil Air Patrol
United States Coast Guard
Federal Urban Search and Rescue (USAR) Teams
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
o City of St. Louis Park Fire Department Standard Operating Guidelines
o City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
o Hennepin County Fire Departments Standard Operating Procedures
o Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex E. Search and Rescue
o Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
o Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
ESF 9 Search & Rescue
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 73
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 9
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Search & Rescue
Page I 2
o NFPA 1006: Standard for Technical Rescuer Professional Qualifications.
o NFPA 1670: Standard on Operations and Training for Technical Search and
Rescue Incidents.
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) is developed to outline the responsibility for
providing search and rescue support within City of St. Louis Park and to identify the
emergency operational needs to support a search and rescue operation.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #9 focuses on search and rescue operation activities
that This ESF will rely heavily on the use of mutual aid for large scale disaster due to
the limited number of resources the City of St. Louis Park has available. Within the
City of St. Louis Park, the primary responsibility for search and rescue belongs to the
City of St. Louis Park Fire Department. Additional assistance for search and rescue
can come from a wide variety of appropriate resources available.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex E. Search and Rescue
PURPOSE
The purpose of this annex is to describe the various local government responsibilities in
the area of search and rescue.
POLICY
Search and rescue is primarily a local government responsibility. State government
assistance in this area will normally be initiated at the request of local government.
Local government requests for Minnesota CAP assistance must be submitted to the
MDO.
Requests for assistance from a search and rescue dog organization are normally
submitted directly to such organization by local law enforcement authorities. However, a
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff
Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Law Enforcement
9
13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 74
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 9
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Search & Rescue
Page I 3
local or state agency wanting help in obtaining the services of such an organization may
contact the MDO.
Local Government
Police and fire departments, sheriff's departments and special rescue organizations have
the primary responsibility for search and rescue operations.
When requested in accordance with established procedures, and on order of the
Governor, the National Guard can:
a. Support both ground and air searches with resources such as aircraft (fixed and
rotary wing), night vision devices and large search parties.
b. Provide logistical support (transportation, communications, shelters, field kitchens,
etc.) to search and rescue operations.
SUPPORTING ORGANIZATIONS/AGENCIES
Depending upon the nature, location and extent of the search and rescue effort, several
private-sector organizations and agencies may be able to provide assistance, including
one or more of the following:
A. The Minnesota CAP, which can provide both aerial reconnaissance and ground search
personnel.
B. Several voluntary organizations are available to provide dogs for search and rescue
support. These organizations can be accessed through the MNVOAD Liaison or through
the MDO.
C. In some cases, volunteers from local Citizen Corps programs may be available to
assist local search and rescue efforts. Citizen Corps responders are activated by their
local leadership but may be called upon from other jurisdictions, through Mutual Aid.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 75
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 9
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Search & Rescue
Page I 4
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 76
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief
Primary Agencies: Municipal Fire Departments in Hennepin County
Support Agencies: Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office (WCSO)
Hennepin County Emergency Management (WCEM)
Hennepin County Department of Public Health
Emergency Medical Services (EMS)
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol (MSP)
Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard (MNNG)
Minnesota National Guard 55th Civil Support Team (CST)
Minnesota State Fire Marshalls Office
Minnesota Department of Agriculture (MDA)
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
Minnesota Hazardous Materials Teams
Regional Chemical Assessment Teams (CAT)
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR)
Minneapolis Bomb Squad
Federal Resources: National Regional Response Team
National Response Center
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
Department of Homeland Security
U.S. Coast Guard (USCG)
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• St. Louis Park Fire Department Standard Operating Guidelines
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex M. Environmental Response
• Hennepin County EOP - Incident Annex N. Toxic or Explosive Industrial
Compound Release
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• Minnesota Fire Chiefs Intrastate Mutual Aid Plan
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
ESF 10 Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 77
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 2
• 299 a. f. j, k 115 e, b, c, general
• Minnesota State Statute 2011 299F.01 to 2011 299F.099
• OSHA 1910.120 Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response
• NFPA 472
• NFPA 473
Federal Statutes
• 10 U.S.C. 382 (2002) Emergencies Involving Chemical or Biological Weapons;
• 18 U.S.C. 831(e) (2002) Emergencies Involving Nuclear Materials;
• 29 U.S.C. 651-678 (2002) The Occupational Safety and Health Act;
• 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. (1977) The Clean Water Act;
• 42 U.S.C. 11001-11050 EPCRA;
• 42 U.S.C. 2011-2297 (2003) The Atomic Energy Act of 1954;
• 42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq. (1976) The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act;
• 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q (1990) The Clean Air Act;
• 42 U.S.C. 9601-9675 (2002) The Comprehensive Environmental Response,
• Compensation, and Liability Act;
• 49 U.S.C. 5101-5128 (2002) Transportation of HazMat;
• 49 U.S.C. 60101-60301 (2006) Pipeline Safety;
• 50 U.S.C. 2301-2368 (2003) The Defense Against Weapons of Mass Destruction
Act;
• Public Law 95-91, 91 Stat. 567 (1977) The Department of Energy Organization
Act;
• Public Law 100-408, 102 Stat. 1066 (1988) The Price-Anderson Act of 1988; and
• Public Law 101-380, 104 Stat. 484 (1990) The Oil Pollution Act of 1990.
Federal Supporting Plans
• National Response Framework;
• Natural Oil and Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan;
• Nuclear Regulation 0654/FEMA-REP-1, which provides federal guidance for
development and review of Radiological Emergency Management Plans for
Nuclear Power Plants;
• “Interagency Radiological Assistance Plan” (Interim), U.S. DOE, Region V;
• The FBI’s Concept of Operations for Weapons of Mass Destruction;
• The Federal Radiological Emergency Response Plan;
• Federal Response Plan Terrorism Incident Annex;
• Federal Response Plan Terrorism Incident Overview;
• Chemical/Biological Incident Contingency Plan (FBI, Unclassified); and
• Nuclear Incident Contingency Plan (FBI, Unclassified).
Purpose
Emergency Support (ESF) #10 provides support activities in the prevention,
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 78
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 3
preparedness, response and recovery actions resulting from actual or potential
discharged and/or uncontrolled release of oil and hazardous materials response.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #10 provides for a coordinated response to actual or
potential hazardous materials incident. This ESF will rely heavily on the use of mutual aid
for large scale disaster due to the limited number of resources each Hennepin County fire
department has. In addition, Hennepin County Fire Departments will coordinate the
overall operation section of Incident Action Plan (IAP).
For purposes of this ESF, “hazardous materials” is a general term intended to mean
hazardous substances, pollutants, and contaminants as defined in the National Oil and
Hazardous Substances Pollution Contingency Plan (NCP), 40 CFR Part 300.
In part, these substances include:
• Extremely Hazardous Substances as described by the US Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) or MN Pollution Control Agency (PCA)
• Agents classified as Chemical Radiological, Nuclear, and Explosives
(CBRNE) or Agents defines as Weapons of Mass Destruction (WMD)2
ESF #10 – Hazardous Materials
• Chemicals improperly or illegally mixed to produce an explosion, poisonous
compound, fire or noxious gas and require public safety response.
• Hazardous Waste, which are a danger to the environmental when they are
improperly disposed of, stored, or released and require that immediate
protective measures have to be taken to protect life and property when
discovered. (This includes the waste produced by illegal drug manufacture.)
• Radiological Material improperly or illegally stored, transported or released, or
radiological material dispersed by accident or intentionally.
• Biological material or waste that is illegally stored, transported, or released, or
is dispersed by accident or intentionally.
• Devices that contain flammable liquids and are used to commit Arson.
Most of the agencies with ESF #10 responsibilities have existing emergency plans and
procedures for routine response to HazMat incidents. This annex does not take the
place of these plans. Rather it is designed to ensure that specific hazardous materials
planning requirements are met and mitigation, prevention, response, and recovery
activities are coordinated across disciplines and between jurisdictions.
The scope of ESF #10 includes the appropriate actions to prepare for, respond to, and
recover from a threat to public health, welfare, or the environment caused by actual or
potential oil and hazardous materials incidents. Appropriate general actions can include,
but are not limited to: actions to prevent, minimize, or mitigate a release; efforts to
detect and assess the extent of contamination (including sampling and analysis and
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 79
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 4
environmental monitoring); actions to stabilize the release and prevent the spread of
contamination; analysis of options for environmental cleanup and waste disposition;
implementation of environmental cleanup; and storage, treatment, and disposal of oil
and hazardous materials.
Examples of specific actions may include: sampling a drinking water supply to
determine if there has been intentional or accidental contamination; stabilizing the
release through the use of berms, dikes, or impoundments; capping of contaminated
soils or sludge; use of chemicals and other materials to contain or retard the spread of
the release or mitigate its effects; decontaminating buildings and structures; using
drainage controls, fences, warning signs, or other security or site-control precautions;
removing highly contaminated soils from drainage areas; removing drums, barrels,
tanks, or other bulk containers that contain oil or hazardous materials; and other
measures as deemed necessary.
The process and procedures established in city, county, regional, and state standard
operating guidelines (SOG’s) and other emergency plans will be followed in responding to
an emergency or disaster. This annex does not take the place of these plans; rather it is
designed to ensure that specific hazardous materials planning requirements are met and
mitigation, prevention, response and recovery activities are coordinated across disciplines
and between jurisdictions.
Each jurisdictional Fire Chief has the authority to implement coordination for a fire and
rescue resource mobilization in the event of an actual or potential oil and/or hazardous
materials incident and to request a resource mobilization through the Minnesota State
Duty Officer.
Response to Hazardous Materials Incidents
A. Pre-Identification and Analysis of Risk. In response to the requirements and
recommendations contained in the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization
Act (SARA) of 1986, Title III, as well as other legislation, the following
facilities/locations within the city have been pre-identified (see City of St. Louis
Park SARA sites):
1. “Covered” facilities. (Facilities that possess extremely hazardous
materials.)
2. Facilities (schools, hospitals, nursing homes, etc.) at risk due to their
proximity to facilities with extremely hazardous materials.
3. Transportation routes (highways, railroad lines, etc) for extremely
hazardous materials.
4. Pipelines (as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 299J).
B. Determination that a Release of Hazardous Materials has occurred – Facilities.
Facilities located within the city that use, store, manufacture or transport hazardous
materials are responsible for developing systems and training their employees so
as to be able to promptly determine and report that a release of hazardous
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 80
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 5
materials has occurred. The systems, methods and/or procedures in place at each
facility for determining that a release has occurred, along with a brief description of
any specialized system (i.e. monitor/sensor system), are to be described in the
facility emergency plans.
C. Determination that a Release of Hazardous Materials has occurred – Emergency
Responders. Similarly, city government employees (or their designee) who
respond to hazardous materials incidents have received training designed to help
them properly respond to such incidents. At the minimum, personnel are trained at
the First Responder Awareness level, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.120.
1. Emergency responders and city employees who respond to hazardous
materials incidents within the City of St. Louis Park have received training
designed to help them properly respond to such incidents. At the minimum,
city personnel are trained at the First Responder Awareness Level, as defined
in 29 CFR 1910.120.
2. Hennepin County Medical Center (HCMC) Ambulance Service is the primary
EMS transport agency for the City of St. Louis Park. HCMC personnel and
their designated mutual aid ambulance services are trained to and respond at
the First Responder Awareness Level, as defined in 29 CFR 1910.120.
Training records are maintained by the HCMC Training Officer.
3. St. Louis Park Fire Department is trained to, equipped and responds at the
Haz-Mat Operations Level as defined in 29 CFR 1910.120. Training Records
are maintained by the Fire Department Training Officer.
D. Response to a Release of Hazardous Materials.
1. The city has conducted a hazard analysis to determine potential populations
and facilities which might be affected by a hazardous materials emergency.
The resource/methodology used to determine the area of the city likely to be
affected includes the U.S. DOT Emergency Response Guidebook, CAMEO and
facility preplans.
2. Facilities within the city that possess extremely hazardous materials are
required to develop and maintain emergency response plans as specified in
29CFR 1910.120, or emergency action plans as specified in 29 CFR
1910.38(a) that their employees will follow in the event of a release of those
materials. At a minimum, facilities are required by law to immediately notify the
following in the event of an accidental emergency release; local authorities by
dialing 9-1-1, state authorities by contacting the State Duty Officer by dialing
649-5451 (Metro) or 1-800-422-0798 (Greater Minnesota), and the National
Center by dialing 1-800-424-8802.
E. Hazardous Materials Response Capabilities.
1. Within the city, the Saint Louis Park fire department ahs the primary
responsibility for responding to hazardous materials incidents. This department
is trained and equipped to the First Responder Awareness level of hazardous
materials response. In addition, the St. Paul Fire Department hazardous
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 81
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 6
materials response team may participate in the response. These departments
have developed emergency response plans as appropriate for their level of
hazardous materials response capability.
2. First responders will begin their determination of the area affected by
hazardous materials release by identifying/verifying the hazardous material(s)
involved. For the most part, they will then rely on the following methodology to
determine the need for evacuation, and the area of the city to evacuate:
previously conducted hazard analysis, facility input, resource manuals, CAMEO
or other computer software, and/or other methods.
F. A listing of emergency equipment and facilities owned by public agencies and
available for use in response to a hazardous materials accident is located in the
Emergency Action Plan (resource manual).
G. A description of the evacuation/shelter-in-place procedures/information to be used
for the protection of public in the event of a hazardous materials release is
contained in the Evacuation, Traffic Control and Security ETCS) Annex, and
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), to this plan.
III. State Support
In the event of hazardous materials incident that is beyond the capabilities of city
government, assistance from county, state agencies can be requested. Such requests
should be submitted to the State Duty Officer (649-5451 Metro or 1-800-422-0798
Greater Minnesota).
IV. Federal Support
A. In the event of a hazardous materials incident that is beyond the capabilities of
municipal, county and state government, the national Regional Response
Team can be requested through the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
(MPCA). Requests for such assistance should be submitted to the State Duty
Officer.
B. Reimbursement of costs for a hazardous materials response may be available.
To be eligible for reimbursement, contact the National Response Center (1-
800-424-8802) and the MPCA within 24 hours of the incident, and
subsequently submit an application for reimbursement.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 82
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 7
An example of a possible HAZMAT Incident Command System within City of St. Louis Park
ICS Chart: Key
Green- Hazmat Awareness Level
Orange- Hazmat Operations Level
Yellow- Hazmat Technician Level
Red- Incident Commander- Operations Level Minimum per 1910.120
Safety Officer
Local FD
Liaison Officer
HCEM
UIC
SLP/CAT
Hennepin County
EOC
Incident Manager
Planning
Section
Chief
SLP/IMT
Situation
Unit
Leader
Logistics
Section
Chief
SLP/IMT
Operations
Section
Chief
Local HAZMAT
HAZMAT
Branch
MN CAT
Fire
Branch
Local FD
LE
Branch
Local LE
PW
Branch
City or
County
EMS
Branch
Local EMS
Entry
Group
MN CAT
Decon
Group
Local FD
Monitor
Group
MN CAT
Science
Officer
MN CAT
MRCC
HCMC
EVAC
Traffic Control
Sheriff, Local PD,
State Patrol
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 83
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 8
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex M. Environmental Response
PURPOSE
The purpose of this annex is to provide a summary of responsibilities in the area of
environmental hazard response. It focuses on the environmental impact of
accidents/incidents involving hazardous materials.
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
When a responsible party can be identified, relative to a hazardous materials
accident/incident, that party is required to clean up the site and minimize the impact to the
environment.
In the event of a hazardous materials incident that is beyond the capabilities of both local
and county government, a HAZMAT Regional Response Team can be requested by local
authorities through the MDO.
Incident Annex H. Radiological Release
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Environmental
Services
Hennepin County Emergency
management
10
5
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Emergency
Management
• Brooklyn Center Fire
• Dayton Fire
• Hennepin County Public Health
• Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
• Minneapolis Fire
• Minneapolis Health & Family Support
• Rogers Fire
• Rogers Police
7, 10, 12
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 84
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 9
Purpose
The Hennepin County Radiological Emergency Response Annex is a hazard-specific
component of the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan. It has been developed
to provide a sound basis for radiological emergency preparedness and to establish the
organizational framework, its operational concepts and procedures designed to minimize
the loss of life and property, and to expedite the restoration of essential services following
a radiological emergency. This annex provides an overview of how the County will
respond to a radiological emergency.
This Hazard Specific Annex provides guidance in the event of a radiological emergency at
the Monticello Nuclear Generating Plant (MNGP).
Scope
This annex applies to incidents occurring at a fixed nuclear facility; those caused by a
transportation accident involving radiological materials and terrorist events involving
radiological materials.
This annex also:
• Provides for warning and Instruction to the public and for the implementation of
protective actions to be taken during a radiological emergency.
• Provides guidance to agencies as to their emergency preparedness and operating
responsibilities in preparing for and coping with a radiological emergency to
minimize radiation exposure and environmental contamination.
• Provides a basis for the preparation of detailed Radiological Emergency Response
Plans, procedures, and training programs by agencies.
• Assigns responsibilities to agencies in radiological emergency response and
preparedness.
Assumptions
• Radiological incidents may not be immediately recognized as such until the
radioactive material is detected or the effects of radiation exposure are manifested
in the population.
• An act of radiological terrorism, particularly an act directed against a large
population center, will have major consequences that can overwhelm the
capabilities of many local and state governments to respond and may seriously
challenge existing Federal response capabilities.
• An incident involving the potential release of radioactivity may require the
implementation of protective measures.
Incident Annex N. Toxic or Explosive Industrial Compound Release
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 85
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 10
Policy
Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) Title 40 Protection of the Environment
CFR Title 49 Transportation of Hazardous Material
Minnesota Statute 221.0341
Purpose and Scope
This annex outlines the requirements for local jurisdictions in the management of
chemical and biological spills to minimize effects on health and safety from
exposure to those spills and reduce the impact on the citizens of Hennepin County and
its environment. The following procedure applies to all citizens of the county and those
contractors where chemical substances are transported, purchased, stored, handled, or
used, including vehicles of visitors or suppliers who bring substances into Hennepin
County that are potentially hazardous. Hazmat recovery focuses on those actions that
must be taken to restore services and normal operations in the event that a significant
loss has occurred.
Assumptions
1. Disasters involving hazardous materials are usually confined to a localized area.
Actions should be taken to contain the spill as promptly as possible.
2. Depending on the magnitude, nature, and threatened area, the resources of industry,
local, state, and federal government, separately or in combination, may be required to
cope with the situation.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
MN Dept. of Transportation
MN Pollution Control Agency
MN Dept. of Agriculture
MN Health Department
MN Dept. of Natural
Resources
HSEM
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
Municipalities
1, 8, 11
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 86
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 11
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
State of Minnesota
Division of Emergency Management
24-Hour Duty Officer
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 87
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 12
STAT EWIDE EMERGENCY NUMBER
1-800-422-0798
METRO AREA (651) 649-5451
D Attachment 1
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
RESPONSE LEVEL DESCRIPTIONS
Response Level I - Potential Emergency Conditions
An incident or threat of a release which can be controlled by the first response
agencies and does not require evacuation of other than the involved structure or
the immediate outdoor area. The incident is confined to a small area and does not
pose an immediate threat to life or property.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 88
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 13
Response Level I I - Potenti al Emergency Conditions
An incident involving a greater hazard or larger area which poses a potential
threat to life or property and which may require a limited evacuation of the
surrounding area.
Response Level I I I - Potential Emergency Conditions
An i ncident involving a severe hazard or a large area which poses an extreme
threat to life and property and will probably require a large-scale evacuation; or
an incident requiring the expertise or resources of County, State, Federal or
private agencies/organ izations.
Safety Health Risks
The PSAP, mobile incident command vehicle, and Police/Fire Supervisory Units
all have copies of the North American Response Guidebook which details
hazardous material, proper responses, self -help, first aid, and other related
information. This reference guidebook is updated regularly by the US
Department of Transportation and should be used as a reference guide. A copy is
also on file at the EOC.
The contacts listed are only a guideline, any and all agencies could be contacted at
any level as the situation would dictate. Additional Resources from the public and
private sector should be considered.
Attachment 2
I. Hazardous Materials Notification List
For all Response Level I, II, and III incidents the following agencies are to be
contacted:
• State Duty Officer: (651) 649-5451*
• CHEMTREC: 1-800-424-9300
• National Response Center: 1 -800-424-8802 or (202) 267-2675
*The State Duty Officer is responsible for notifying ALL appropriate State and
Federal agencies, therefore it is essential to keep the State Duty Officer aware of the
situation should it escalate.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 89
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 14
Level I Contacts: Need for notification determined Shift Duty Supervisor or On- Duty Police
Sergeant.
• Emergency Preparedness Director
• Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• Deputy Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• State Duty Officer
If these people are unavailable and the Shift Duty Supervisor or On-Duty Sergeant deems it
necessary notify:
• Police Captain
• Battalion Chief
Level II Contacts: Need for notification determined Shift Duty Supervisor or On- Duty Police
Sergeant.
• State Duty Officer
• Emergency Preparedness Director
• Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• Deputy Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• Public Works Director
If these people are unavailable and the Shift Duty Supervisor or On-Duty Sergeant deems it
necessary notify:
• Police Captain
• Battalion Chief
Attachment 3
Level III Contacts: Need for notification determined Shift Duty Supervisor or On- Duty Police
Sergeant.
• State Duty Officer
• Emergency Preparedness Director
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 90
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 15
• Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• Deputy Emergency Preparedness Coordinator
• Public Works Director
• Hennepin County Emergency Preparedness Director
• Mayor
If these people are unavailable and the Shift Duty Supervisor or On-Duty Sergeant deems it
necessary notify:
• Police Captain
• Battalion Chief
ALL NAMES AND NUMBERS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE
RESOURCE MANUAL AND PUBLIC SAFETY DISPATCHERS
Attachment 3
REQUIREMENTS OF SARA SITES
A listing of all SARA covered facilities for the City of St. Louis Park is located in the EOC and is
labeled “SARA Facilities”.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 91
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 16
Facilities that are subject to Section 302 of Title III submit contingency plans which are kept on
file in the Emergency Management Office of the City of St. Louis Park.
The contingency plans include methods and procedures to respond to a release of extremely
hazardous substances. The plans also include descriptions of emergency equipment available
within the facility and persons responsible for such equipment.
Attachment 4
S.A.R.A. 302 Sites
1. Douglas Corporation – Plating Division
3520 Xenwood Ave. S
St. Louis Park, Mn 55416
2. Flame Metals Processing Corp.
7317 W. Lake St.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 92
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 17
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
3. Hardcoat Inc.
7300 W. Lake St.
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
4. NAPA
7400 W. 27th St
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
5. Novartis Nutrition Corp.
5320 W. 23rd St.
St. Louis Park, Mn 55416
6. St. Louis Park Junior High School
2025 Texas Ave S.
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
7. St. Louis Park Senior High School
6425 W. 33rd St.
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
8. St. Louis Park Water Plant #1
2936 Idaho Ave. So
St. Louis Park, Mn 55426
Facility Coordinators names and phone numbers are listed in the resource manual
Attachment 5
S.A.R.A. 302 Sites (continued)
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 93
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 10
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Oil & Hazardous Materials Response
Page I 18
9. St. Louis Park Water Plant #4
4701 W. 41st Street
St. Louis Park, MN 55416
10. St. Louis Park Water Plant #5
8301 W. 34th Street
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
11. St. Louis Park Water Plant #6
4241 Zarthan Ave. S
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
12. St. Louis Park Water Plant #8
9701 W. 16th Street
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
13. St. Louis Park Water Plant #10
6007 Cedar Lake Road
St. Louis Park, MN 55416
14. St. Louis Park Water Plant #16
2012 Flag Ave S
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
15. Sam’s Club #6318
3745 Louisiana Ave. S
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
16. Costco #377
5801 W. 16th Street
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
Facility Coordinators names and phone numbers are listed in the resource manual
Attachment 5
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 94
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Operations Director
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Public Works
Hennepin County Public Works
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Municipal Public Works Departments
Electricity Service Providers (public and private)
Gas Utility Providers
Phone and Internet Service Providers
Wastewater Utility Providers
Water Utility Providers (public and private)
Regional Water Systems
State Resources: Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard
Minnesota Department of Public Safety
Office of Pipeline Safety
Federal Resources: Department of Energy
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex L. Public Works and Utilities
• Hennepin County EOP - Support Annex E. Energy
• Hennepin County EOP - Incident Annex J. Blackout, Electrical
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• Minnesota Fire Chiefs Intrastate Mutual Aid Plan
• A Chain of Command for Public Works
• A callout list for Public Works employees including the emergency equipment that
each employee is trained to operate
• A list of Agencies and City’s contractors / vendors capable of supplying operation
services and equipment
ESF 11 Energy & Utilities
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 95
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 2
• A list of governmental units participating in the Regional Mutual Aid Association
• A letter from Minnehaha Creek Watershed District offering funding to address a
declared emergency affecting the watershed
• Standard Operating Procedure for Wastewater Collection
• Standard Operating Procedure for Stormwater Collection
• Standard Operating Procedure for Water Production
• Standard Operating Procedure for Hazardous Spills
• Standard Operating Procedure for Traffic Signal Systems
• Standard Operating Procedure for Loss of Electric Power to City Buildings
• Standard Operating Procedure for Loss of Hard Line Phone Service to City
Buildings
• Standard Operating Procedure for Loss of Remote Site 2-Way Radio Transceiver
Operation
• Standard Operating Procedure for Equipment Procurement during Emergencies
• Water Contingency and Conservation Plan – Chapter 2
• Standard Operating Procedure for Debris Removal
Purpose
The purpose of ESF #12 is to coordinate the provision of temporary emergency power
(electrical, petroleum fuels etc) and the restoration of damaged energy and utilities
(electrical, natural gas, water, sewer, telecommunications etc) within the City of St. Louis
Park.
Scope
ESF #12 collects, evaluates, and shares information on energy system damage and
the impact of energy system outages within affected areas. Additionally, ESF #12
coordinates with providers on the energy restoration process. ESF #12 also provides
expertise to the utilities regarding the impacts and critical needs of government and the
affected private sector.
The term “energy” includes producing, refining, transporting, generating, transmitting,
conserving, building, distributing, maintaining, and controlling energy systems and
system components. All energy systems are considered critical infrastructure, however
most energy systems are not under the operation or control of governmental agencies
in the county.
For ESF-12 Energy and Utilities purposes, the following items are defined as:
Energy refers to the electricity, natural gas, and petroleum products usually
transmitted through utility systems;
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 96
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 3
Utilities refer to the comprehensive system which generates, transmits,
distributes, and maintains energy, water, wastewater, and communications for
public consumption.
Utility and energy disruptions can be a result of any of the hazards to which the city
is vulnerable.
ESF #12:
• Addresses significant disruptions in energy provision, whether caused by
physical disruption of energy transmission and distribution systems, unexpected
operational failure of such systems, or unusual economic or international political
events.
• Addresses the impact that damage to an energy system in one geographic
region may have on energy systems, and components in Hennepin County relying
on the same system. Energy supply and transportation problems can be
intrastate, interstate, and international.
• Performs coordination role for supporting the energy requirements associated
with large special events.
• Is the primary point of contact with the energy industry for information sharing
and requests for assistance.
• Maintains lists of energy-centric critical assets and infrastructures, and
periodically assesses those resources to identify and mitigate vulnerabilities to
energy facilities.
The Director of Operations or designee and the Emergency Operations Center will
coordinate the following government agencies and private sector organizations,
which are responsible for providing utility services for the City of St. Louis Park.
A. Electrical service – Xcel Energy
B. Gas service – Center Point Energy - Minnegasco
C. Telephone service - Qwest Telephone Company (Qwest)
D. Water, Sanitary Sewer, and Storm Sewer service - St. Louis Park Utilities
Division
E. Refuse collection – Waste Management Inc.
F. Cable service – Time Warner Cable
G. Data/Internet Access – St. Louis Park IT Division
Service Restoration:
Priorities for utility restoration will depend on the nature and location of the
incident. Vulnerable populations and facilities essential for public safety will be
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 97
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 4
considered first. In the event of a utility outage due to a disaster, the following
offices/agencies should be called in order to restore service:
A. Electrical service – See Resource Manual
B. Gas service – See Resource Manual
C. Telephone service - See Resource Manual
D. Water, Sanitary Sewer, and Storm Sewer service - St. Louis Park Utilities at
(952) 924-2558; or 952-924-2559; or 952-924-2557
E. Refuse collection – Waste Management Inc. at (763) 783-5423
F. Cable service – Time Warner Cable at (612) 522-7700 or (612) 522-2000
G. Data/Internet Access – St. Louis Park TSS (952) 924-2189
- Backup: LOGIS (763) 543-2600
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex L. Public Works and Utilities
Purpose
This annex describes, in general terms, which agencies are responsible for the
restoration of utilities and critical public works following a disaster/emergency. For this
annex, the utilities of concern are: gas, electricity, propane, telephone, water, sanitation
treatment and wastewater collection/treatment/disposal. Critical public works include
freeways, roads, bridges, water and waste treatment plants, sewers, etc.
Policy
A. In most instances, the restoration of utility service lost/interrupted due to a disaster/
emergency will be the responsibility of the utility itself--whether it is privately or publicly
owned.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Public Works
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
3
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 98
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 5
B. If local governments believe that state government assistance is needed in a
utilities/public works restoration effort, they may contact the Hennepin County Emergency
Management to assist in that process
General
Restoration of utilities damaged as a result of a disaster is not a state government
responsibility. This responsibility normally belongs to one or more of the following:
a. Investor-owned utility companies: electric, natural gas and telephone.
b. Municipally owned and/or operated utilities: electric, natural gas, telephone and water/
wastewater.
c. Rural electric cooperatives: electric.
Support Annex E. Energy
Policy
The term “energy” includes producing, refining, transporting, generating, transmitting,
conserving, building, distributing, maintaining, and controlling energy systems and system
components. All energy systems are considered critical infrastructure.
Purpose
To facilitate multi-agency coordination response actions in the restoration process of
damaged energy systems in order to maintain continuous and reliable energy supplies.
To monitor the county energy, utility, electric, gas, water, waste water, and
tele/communications public services during and following a major disaster, such as a
tornado, winter storm, flooding, or other significant event requiring county assistance.
Scope
To collect, evaluate, and share information on energy system damage or disruptions and
provide Hennepin County partners and agencies estimations on the impact of those
system outages within the affected area.
Assumptions
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
HCEM
Private Sector Entities
Dept. of Public Works
Sheriff’s Office
Dept. of Natural Resources
12
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 99
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 6
,
• There may be widespread and possibly prolonged electric power failures.
• The transportation and telecommunications infrastructures may be affected.
• Local governments will be able to implement applicable portions of their own
emergency plans and procedures when needed to support the County in the
implementation of this annex.
• The energy suppliers and distributors will cooperate on a timely basis with the
requests for information and other efforts to implement this annex.
• Prolonged electric power failure will have a cascading effect on health care,
business, education, banking, and other important infrastructure.
• Generating capacity may fall below customer demand.
• The public expects restoration updates in order to prepare its families for
short or extended power outage event
• The loss of power will result in loss of heating/cooling, cooking, and
refrigeration resources for businesses and households.
•
Incident Annex J. Blackout, Electrical
Policy
• Municipal mutual aid agreements
• Power Company specific policies
Purpose
The purpose of Blackout, Electrical Annex is to provide a framework of coordination
among agencies to help ensure the safety of life and property during electrical blackouts
affecting Hennepin County. The primary focus on this annex is electrical blackouts and
the affect they could have on the safety and security of the population – economic and
business activity within the County.
Scope
Lead Department Supporting Department
Xcel Energy
Wright-Hennepin Electric
Minnesota Valley Electric
Cooperative
Hennepin County Property Services
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
Hennepin County Public Works
Northern Minnesota Region, American Red Cross
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 100
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 11
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Energy & Utilities
Page I 7
Power resources (generation, transmission, and distribution) have become the most
important element of infrastructure in our economy. The interruption of power causes
immediate and widespread disruption of services to any community. Power failures or
blackouts range from a few hours to several days and occur along with other serious
disruptions, such as heat waves, extreme cold, windstorms, snow storms and other
severe weather phenomena. Resources can be stretched to the limit, degrading
response and recovery operations.
Assumptions
• Power failures and outages occur without warning;
• Restoration of electrical service leads to stabilization of emergency conditions;
• The higher the dependency on electrical power, will result in more required
resources
• All county equipment and personnel will be available to respond to the
emergency conditions;
• Assistance through mutual aid agreements is available.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Operations Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/ Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Chief Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 101
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 12
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Public Safety & Security
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Police Chief
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Police Department
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Fire Department
Hennepin County Fire Departments
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Emergency Medical Services Agencies
Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
Hennepin County Municipal Police Departments
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol (MSP)
Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard (MNNG)
Federal Resources: Department of Justice (DOJ)
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• St. Louis Park Police Department Standard Operating Procedures
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex I. Evacuation and Security
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Hennepin County Municipal Police Departments Standard Operating Procedures
• Metro Region EMS Incident Response Plan
• Minnesota Fire Chiefs Intrastate Mutual Aid Plan
Purpose
ESF #13 coordinate law enforcement and security capabilities and resources to
support the full range of incident management activities associated with potential
or actual incidents requiring a coordinated response.
Scope
ESF #13 provides a mechanism for coordinating and providing law enforcement
ESF 12 Public Safety & Security
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 102
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 12
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Public Safety & Security
Page I 2
and security support to the City of St. Louis Park during times of
emergency; and/or support to other ESFs, consisting of law enforcement and
security capabilities and resources during potential or actual incidents requiring a
coordinated response.
ESF #13 capabilities support incident management requirements including, but not
limited to, force and critical infrastructure protection, security planning and
technical assistance, technology support, and general law enforcement assistance
in both pre-incident and post-incident situations. ESF #13 is activated in situations
requiring extensive public safety and security and where the regular government
resources are overwhelmed or are inadequate.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex I. Evacuation and Security
Policy
The Hennepin County Sheriff’s office has developed a strategic plan that builds policy
within their department
Purpose
To keep and preserve the peace within the county, provide protection of life and property,
enforcement of laws, rules and ordinances, regulation and control of traffic, Federal, State
laws and local ordinances and rules, prevention of sabotage and subversive activity (and
to conduct explosive ordinance and hazardous materials reconnaissance), investigation
of causes of manmade disasters or domestic terrorism, and coordinate search and rescue
operations within Hennepin County.
Scope
The Sheriff’s Office is the primary provider of law enforcement services to various
communities within Hennepin County and provides law enforcement advice and
assistance to all county governmental offices and departments. Municipalities within the
county generally receive various levels of assistance from their own police department.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Sheriff
Municipal Law Enforcement
Federal Law Enforcement
9
13
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 103
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 12
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Public Safety & Security
Page I 3
The Sheriff‘s Office may provide assistance to local law enforcement agencies on a case-
by-case basis or by previously negotiated Memorandum of Understanding (MOU)
or Mutual Aid Agreement requests.
Organization
Law enforcement services, law enforcement activities, crime scene processing, traffic
control and coordination of rescue activities will be carried out by the Sheriff's Office, and
such auxiliary services as deemed necessary, using the Incident Command System (ICS)
organization as standardized in Minnesota as NIMS.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Chief of Police Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 104
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: City of St. Louis Park Director of Inspections
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Operations City of St. Louis Park Assessors
City of St. Louis Park Controller
City of St. Louis Park Community Development
City of St. Louis Engineering Office
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management
City of St. Louis Park Building Inspectors
Support Agencies: Minnesota All Hazards Incident Management Team III
MN VOAD
City of Minnetonka Building Inspectors
Hennepin County Public Works
Hennepin County Environmental Health
State Resources: Minnesota State Patrol
Minnesota State Duty Officer
Minnesota Department of Health
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota National Guard
Minnesota Department of Agriculture
Minnesota Department of Transportation
Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry
Federal Resources: Department of Agriculture
Department of Homeland Security
Department of Housing and Urban Development
Small Business Development
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• Minnesota State Statute 273.123
• City Declaration Template
• State Statutes Building Code, hazardous building section, environmental
• Hennepin County Environmental Health
• City Code Chapter 22
ESF 13 Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 105
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 2
• Hennepin County EOP - Functional Annex D. Damage Assessment
• City of St. Louis Park Department Business Continuity Plans
• City of St. Louis Park Building Inspectors SOPs
• City of St. Louis Park Building Inspectors “Emergency Box”
• City of St. Louis Park Operations Standard Operating Procedures
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• Damage Assessment Standard Operating Procedures
• Preliminary Damage Assessment Field Guide
• Minnesota Disaster Management handbook: Guidance for Mitigation,
Preparedness, Response and Recovery
• Disaster Response and Recovery: A Handbook for Local Government. (Available
from the Emergency Manager or Homeland Security and Emergency
Management)
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function (ESF) is developed to outline the responsibility for
providing damage assessment. Specifically to provide an overview of how damage
assessment would be accomplished. An initial assessment of overall damage to public
and private property is required to provide a basis for:
A. The allocation of local and state resources for emergency operations in the
disaster area.
B. Based on information from City Staff, the City Council decides whether to
declare an emergency to exist in the City. City declares an emergency.
C. A County Declaration may or may not occur depending on damages, resources
needed and or overall damage assessed costs.
D. The Governor’s may or may not request to the president for emergency
assistance or to declare a major disaster when the magnitude of the damage
warrants such action.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #14 focuses on the business continuity activities that occur
within the operational units of the city.
This ESF will coordinate damage assessment activities of structures and or property
affected by a disaster. City of St. Louis Park Director of Inspections will be responsible
for the coordination of damage assessment within the City of St. Louis Park.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 106
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 3
For the purpose of this ESF, the following items are defined as:
Disaster Assessments: The process of collecting, analyzing, and reporting information
about the overall impact and damage caused by a disaster. The mission of the disaster
assessment function is to provide timely and accurate decision-making information for
disaster response and recovery operations.
Rapid Disaster Assessment: A rapid assessment is a quick evaluation of what has
happened and used to help prioritize response activities, allocate resources and
determine the immediate need for outside assistance. In most cases, a rapid
assessment will be completed within a few hours of the incident.
Detailed Disaster Assessment: After the rapid assessment, the disaster
assessment process evolves into a more detailed and continued evaluation of the
impacts of the disaster. The detailed damage assessment is needed to document the
magnitude of public and private damage for planning recovery activities and to
justify the need for State and Federal assistance. A detailed damage assessment is
also necessary to meet the information needs of the public, elected officials and the
media.
Structural Damage Assessments: As part of the detailed disaster assessment,
structural damage assessment is the process of collecting, analyzing, and reporting
information regarding public and private structures damaged by the disaster. This
information is necessary to support requests for future planning, response and recovery
programs offered at the state and federal levels.
Recovery: Recovery consists of the activities that continue beyond the emergency period
to restore critical community functions and manage reconstruction. The main goal of the
recovery process is to meet the needs of those affected by disaster. This ESF outlines the
framework of the recovery process and highlights the types of recovery assistance that
maybe available. Mitigation is only one of several responsibilities to consider during
recovery but it is very important to evaluate during the recovery process. Mitigation
consists of those activities designed to prevent or reduce losses from disaster.
The priorities of the damage assessment are to;
1. Determine if the structure and or property is “uninhabitable.”
2. Assign a value to the property
3. Determine the dollar loss of the property
The City Director of Inspections will determine that a structure is “uninhabitable”. Then it
will be properly posted and enforced by law enforcement. NEEDS COURT ORDER
• Green = Habitable
• Yellow = Limited Access
• Red = Denied Access
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 107
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 4
CIKR Damage (Engineering Director)
• Bridges
• Wastewater Treatment
• Lift Stations
The City of St. Louis Park Emergency Management will collect, organize and report
damage assessment information to the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Center
within 12 hours for the initial (rapid) damage report and a full report within 36 - 72 hours.
Damage Assessment Team
Organizational Chart
Damage Assessment Team Leader (Director of Inspections and Building Official)
• Compiles Aggregate Data
• Provides Property Value Data (City Assessor)
• Coordinates Process with Emergency Management Director
Public Damage (Public Works Director) Property Identification (Engineering
• Roads • Property Lines
• Sidewalks • Owner/Occupant
• Public Buildings • Addresses
• Map Development (Dan)
Building Codes/Safety
(Planning/Zoning, CHS, Enviro. Services, Private Property Damage (Red Cross)
and City Building Officials) • Personal Belongings
Structural Integrity • Homes
• Water Quality - Engineering
• Sewer/Septic - ops
• Food/Sanitation – HC EH
Community Development
Responsibilities
A. The City Assessor is responsible for:
1. Developing, maintaining and coordinating a damage assessment “team” and
damage assessment process for determining the lost value of damaged
buildings and structures.
2. Maintaining a current listing of damage assessment team personnel.
3. Maintaining the procedure guidelines to be followed for damage assessment.
B. The Director of Inspections, and the Building Official is responsible for:
1. Developing, maintaining and coordinating a damage assessment “team”
for the purpose of determining the habitability and structural integrity of all
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 108
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 5
buildings or structures within the City.
2. Maintaining a current of damage assessment team personnel.
3. Maintaining the procedure guidelines to be followed for damage
assessment
4. Coordinating assistance from the Minnesota DOLI
5. Assisting as required the City Assessor with determining total lost value of
damaged buildings or structures.
C. Non-Profit and/or Private Sector Agencies
1. Red Cross – gather damage assessment information to provide a basis for
Red Cross assistance. Efforts should be made to integrate this process
with the City/County process to eliminate duplication of effort.
2. Realtors – provide value estimates of private property losses.
3. Hazardous Materials Clean-up Contractors – estimate cleanup/remediation
costs with environmental accidents.
4. Insurance Agents/Companies – may have data on properties insured or
uninsured.
D. City government officials who may participate in a damage assessment effort:
1. City Assessor
2. Community Development Director
3. Director of Operations
4. Director of Inspections
5. Chief Building Official
6. Director of Engineering
E. County government officials who may participate in a damage assessment
effort:
1. County Emergency Management
2. County Public Works/Engineer
3. County Assessor
4. County Social Services Director
5. County Environmental Health
6. County Public Health
Policies and Procedures
A. A damage assessment effort will be initiated as soon as practical following the
occurrence of a disaster.
B. Where possible and when appropriate, pictures will be taken of damaged
areas, and city maps will be used to show the location of damage sites.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 109
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 6
C. When damage assessment is carried out in conjunction with a request for state
or federal disaster assistance, the St. Louis Park emergency management
director will contact the county emergency management director, who will
coordinate with Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex D. Damage Assessment
Policy
Robert T. Stafford Disaster Relief Emergency Assistance Act
National Historic Preservation Act, Public Law 89-665
National Disaster Recovery Framework
CFR 44, Code of Federal Regulations
Post-Katrina Emergency management Reform Act
Minnesota Statute 273.123.
Purpose
This annex presents a system to coordinate damage assessment and reporting functions,
estimate the nature and extent of the damage, coordinate debris management, and
provide disaster recovery assistance.
Scope
The mission of County government during disaster recovery operations is to coordinate
and direct operations when local resources are exhausted and to coordinate assistance
from mutual aid resources, the State and the Federal government as necessary and
appropriate.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Emergency Management
Municipal Emergency
Management
County Assessor National Disaster
Recovery
Framework
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 110
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 7
This Annex should be used by County agencies, local governments and volunteer
organizations to develop Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) and recovery annexes
in order to facilitate continuity and coordination of recovery activities.
Assumptions
• Substantial federal assistance will be needed, but not be limited to, public
assistance to reimburse government jurisdictions for disaster-related losses and
individual assistance to help individuals and small business with disaster-related
losses.
• The recovery process will take years and may not be able to bring the
communities in the county back to their pre-existing state prior to the disaster; a
“new normal” may be the recovery goal.
• Recovery is a complex process that includes special legislation, financial
entanglements, massive construction programs, and lawsuits.
• Long term recovery will involve different participants and stakeholders, including
the traditional first responder community that is primarily involved in the response
to a disaster.
• Comprehensive damage assessment evaluation is necessary to support
requests for recovery programs offered at the state and federal levels.
• The prompt and accurate assessment of damage to property during recovery will
be a top priority for local officials.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Finance Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Assessor Date
City of St. Louis Park Director of Inspections Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 111
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 13
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Damage Assessment & Long Term Recovery
Page I 8
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Manager Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 112
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 14
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Emergency Public Information
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: Communications & Marketing Coordinator
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Information Resources
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Departments
Independent School District 283
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Minnesota Association of Government Communicators
American Red Cross PIOs
State Resources: Minnesota Department of Public Safety/PIO Staff
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota All Hazards Incident Management Team III
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• City of St. Louis Park Emergency Communications Resource
• City of St. Louis Park Standard Operating Procedures
• Hennepin County Functional Annex C. Public Information
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• NIMS Incident Command System Field Guide
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function # 15 (ESF) is developed to provide an overview of how
emergency public information would be gathered, checked for accuracy, and
disseminated in the event of a disaster.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #15 focuses on the public information activities that support
emergency operations throughout the City of St. Louis Park.
Policies and Procedures
ESF 14 Emergency Public Information
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 113
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 14
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Emergency Public Information
Page I 2
The Public Information Officer (PIO) gathers, verifies, coordinates and disseminates
accurate, accessible and timely information on the incident’s cause, size, and current
situation; resources committed; and other matters of general interest for both internal and
external use. All information in the field must be cleared by the Incident Commander or
Emergency Management Director. The primary official authorized to serve as the PIO is
the Communications & Marketing Coordinator. If the Communications & Marketing
Coordinator is unavailable, the Communications Specialist, the Emergency Preparedness
Director or Deputy City Manager may serve as the alternate PIO.
A. If it becomes necessary to establish a news briefing room, the Community
Room in City Hall would be used for this purpose. If this room is not available
or suitable to the situation, the PIO will select an alternate site. Any alternate
site must first be approved by the Emergency Management Director,
Emergency Management Coordinator or Incident Commander. Equipment
needed at this site may include: computer, printer, paper, pens, maps, bulletin
board, and network/phone access (if operational) for cable and computers.
B. Upcoming briefing times will be posted via the city website, social media and
email or other communication methods.
In the event of a major disaster, access to the briefing room will also be
provided to cable television, telephone, gas and power company
representatives or other providers of basic services.
C. In any emergency, information will be provided to the news media in a timely
manner as deemed appropriate by the PIO working in concert with the
Emergency Management Director, Emergency Management Corrdinator or
Incident Commander.
D. In order to gather information in a timely manner, the PIO and Communications
Specialist will be given access to all sites, personnel and information as
deemed appropriate by the Emergency Coordinator.
E. The PIO or Communications Specialist will write all information that is to be
released to the public via the cable television, news media, social media or the
city website. Before releasing information, the PIO will have information
checked for accuracy by the Incident Commander or appropriate source. Only
confirmed information will be released.
F. When it is time to release information, the spokesperson will be the Emergency
Management Director. If the Emergency Management Director deems it
appropriate, he/she may delegate this duty to the PIO, Communications
Specialist or other designee.
G. Public information will be disseminated through any available media or
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 114
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 14
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Emergency Public Information
Page I 3
communication resource as appropriate to the situation and the needs of the
City and the public, including the city websites, web - based applications, social
media, ParkAlert citizen notification system and the media.
H. In the event of a major disaster, the city will utilize the Emergency Mode of the
city website to quickly disseminate important information to the public. The
Emergency Management Director, Emergency Management Coordinator or
Incident Commander may direct the Technology & Web Coordinator, PIO or
Communications Specialist to place the city website into Emergency Mode.
I. The PIO or Communications Specialist may use the ParkAlert Citizen
Notification System to disseminate information to the public as approved by the
Emergency Director.
J. In the event of a major or prolonged disaster, the PIO may ask communications
personnel from neighboring cities or school districts to assist with the
preparation of information.
K. In the event of a major disaster, the PIO may, with the permission of the
Emergency Management Director or Emergency Coordinator, set up a Citizen
Information Center to handle rumors, answer public calls, locate missing
persons, etc. The Center would be staffed by City employees or community
volunteers. The PIO or his/her designee will provide information to the people
staffing the Center. Only confirmed information will be released.
L. In the event of a major disaster, the PIO may, with the permission of the
Emergency Management Director or Emergency Coordinator, select someone
to provide assistance to visiting dignitaries.
M. If it appears that the city may need to document a request for disaster aid, the
PIO or his/her designee will collect audio, photo and video documentation of
damage from City staff and the public; the city’s Information Resources staff
may be assigned to capture specific video or photographs of damage.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Functional Annex C. Public Information
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 115
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 14
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Emergency Public Information
Page I 4
Purpose
To provide information to the public in the event of emergencies such as; natural
disasters, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, and health risks.
Scope
Official emergency information will be released to all appropriate news media in the
designated media area within Hennepin County, and posted in the county website:
www.hennepin.us for media and the public.
Organization
The Public Affairs Director will serve as the Public Information Officer (PIO). Public Affairs
Department staff and additional staff appointed by the PIO will perform duties as
assigned. Additional support positions will be assigned dependent upon the situation
and may include Assistant PIO, On-Site PIO, EOC PIO, Joint Public Information Officer
(JPIC) PIO, JPIC Coordinator, and Administrative Support Team members.
Control
A. General
The Public Affairs Office will be the JPIC coordinator and control of all Public
Affairs related actions will originate from there.
In the event of a situation involving multiple jurisdictions, a JPIC may be activated
at the Emergency Operations Center. All local, state and federal agencies (and in
some cases private sector agencies and businesses) involved in responding to the
disaster will be asked to provide a spokesperson. Alternate sites may be used
based on the scope of the disaster.
B. Line of succession is as follows:
1. Public Affairs Director
2. Public Affairs Deputy Director
3. On-site Public Information Officer
Responsibilities
A. General
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Hennepin County
Public Affairs
Hennepin County Emergency
Management
15
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 116
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 14
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Emergency Public Information
Page I 5
The responsibility for handling public affairs for emergency operations is that of the
Hennepin County Public Affairs Department.
B. County EOC Ac tiva tion
The nature and extent of the catastrophe will determine if representation is required
on a continuing basis at the EOC or if an on-call status is sufficient at the time.
C. PIO
The PIO is responsible for all emergency public information planning and
operations, and counsels and provides special communication skills to county
emergency government authority. The PIO will coordinate public information
activities between departments and with Hennepin County municipalities, higher
levels of emergency government and the news media. The PIO has immediate
access to all information and may review all public information materials prior to
release.
D. Assistant PIO
The Assistant PIO is in charge of public inquiries and rumor control functions.
E. On-Site PIO
The On-Site PIO will conduct briefings at the site of the disaster as needed,
gathering information available from the Incident Commander.
F. Contact List
A list of media contacts (call letters, names of stations and newspapers, addresses,
telephone numbers and email addresses) is on file in the Public Affairs Office.
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Communications & Marketing Coordinator Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 117
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 1
City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan
ESF Coordinator: Chief Information Officer
Primary Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Information Resources
Support Agencies: City of St. Louis Park Departments
Technology / Web Coordinator
Senior IT Analyst
GIS Coordinator
City Manager/Emergency Manager
Fire Chief/Emergency Coordinator
Police Chief/Emergency Coordinator
City Clerk
Independent School District 283
Hennepin County Emergency Management
Hennepin County Chief Information Officer
Hennepin County Sheriff’s Office
Hennepin County Public Works Department
Hennepin County Assessor’s Office
Hennepin County Department of Transportation
LOGIS
Software Application Vendors
Hardware Vendors
Network Vendors
Fiber Maintenance Providers
UHL Security
Integra Telecom
Verizon Communications
Sprint / Nextel
T-Mobile
AT&T
CenturyLink Communications
MCI
Xcel Energy
CenterPoint Energy
Comcast Cable
Canadian Pacific Railroad
Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railroad
Twin City & Western Railroad
ESF 15 Technology Business Continuity
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 118
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 2
State Resources: Minnesota Department of Public Safety
Minnesota Homeland Security and Emergency Management
Minnesota All Hazards Incident Management Team III
Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension
Minnesota Fire Marshal’s Office
Minnesota Department of Transportation
Minnesota Office of Enterprise Technology (MN.IT)
References
The following are a list of reference documents for this ESF
• City of St. Louis Park Standard Operating Procedures
• Hennepin County Support Annex J. Critical Infrastructure
• Minnesota Emergency Operations Plan
• US PATRIOT Act of 2001 (42 U.S.C. 5195c (e)), section 1016(e)
• Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101(9)), section 2(9)
• Homeland Security Presidential Directive-7
Purpose
This Emergency Support Function # 15 (ESF) is developed to provide a high level
citywide Technology Business Continuity Program. It focuses on identifying and
implementing technology requirements and technical solutions for essential city business
services.
Scope
Emergency Support Function #15 focuses on the following goals:
Business continuity solutions for technology required to support Emergency Support
Functions as they pertain to the Emergency Operations Plan for disaster and emergency
situations.
Business continuity solutions for maintaining City essential business services requiring
access to technology-related infrastructure including: computerized information
applications, hardware, and networks; wired and wireless telephone services; radio
systems; cable TV; Internet services; and building access and security.
Business continuity solutions for maintaining City essential business services requiring
access to vital records (as coordinated by the City Clerk)
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 119
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 3
Addressing technology business continuity in non-City operations throughout the
community as resources allow.
Policies and Procedures
The Chief Information Officer is responsible for:
• Developing, maintaining, and coordinating a technology business continuity “team”
and assessment process.
• Maintaining a current listing of technology business continuity team personnel.
• Maintaining procedure guidelines to be followed for technology business continuity
related to essential City services.
• Maintaining procedure guidelines to be followed for technology support related to
emergency support functions.
• Maintaining procedure guidelines to be followed for technology support related to
non-City operations in the community.
• Coordinating with other segments of the community to ensure technology business
continuity related to essential community (individual / public / private / non-profit)
services (e.g., trained community Emergency Management volunteers, healthcare
facilities, local shelters, schools, other critical Emergency Management resources).
Policies and Procedures:
• An assessment of the interruption to technology business continuity will be initiated
as soon as practical following the occurrence of a disaster.
• An assessment of technical needs of the Emergency Support Functions will be
initiated as soon as practical following the occurrence of a disaster.
• Triage essential business needs and emergency support functions.
• Initiate recovery of services and functions per triage.
• Restore services and functions per triage.
• Reconstitute government services and emergency support functions.
• Resume normal business operations and emergency response.
• Staff, the public, and others will be notified as appropriate to the situation.
• Where possible, diagrams, maps, GIS resources, cameras, and other technology
documentation will be used to identify the physical and virtual location(s) of the
sources and effects of the disaster.
• The primary EOC, backup EOC, Mobile Command Vehicle, and other facilities will
be activated with technology as appropriate to maintaining business continuity.
• When mitigation is carried out in conjunction with a request for State or Federal
assistance, the Emergency Coordinator will contact the County Emergency
Management Director, who will coordinate with the Minnesota Department of
Emergency Management.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 120
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 4
• When necessary, city government officials will carry out mitigation activities in
conjunction with LOGIS, utilities, fiber maintenance providers, and other agencies.
• When possible, the Emergency Coordinator and other appropriate government and
agency officials will participate in technology business continuity procedure training.
Hennepin County EOP
For further information at the County level which this plan falls under please
reference the Hennepin County Emergency Operations Plan
Support Annex J. Critical Infrastructure
Policy
US PATRIOT Act of 2001 (42 U.S.C. 5195c (e)), section 1016(e)
Homeland Security Act of 2002 (6 U.S.C. 101(9)), section 2(9)
Homeland Security Presidential Directive-7
The county and municipalities within the county will identify, prioritize, and coordinate the
protection of critical infrastructure and key resources in order to prevent, deter, and
mitigate the effects of deliberate efforts to destroy, incapacitate, or exploit them. The
county will work with state and local governments and the private sector to accomplish
this objective.
Purpose
To identify and prioritize county critical infrastructure and key resources by developing
protection measures in the event of a catastrophic event. Critical infrastructure and key
resources provide the essential services that underpin our society. Critical infrastructure
are the assets, systems, and networks, whether physical or virtual, so vital to the county
that their incapacitation or destruction would have a debilitating effect on security,
economic security, public health or safety, or any combination thereof. The County
possesses numerous key resources, whose exploitation or destruction could pose
significant damage or incapacitation to our economy and its population.
Scope
Review CIKR data, collect data inventories, assess risks, and identify appropriate
response posture for CIKR elements and resources in the event of an incident.
Lead Department Supporting Department ESF
Municipal EM Hennepin County 2, 3, 12
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 121
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 5
Assumptions
• Affected sectors of CIKR may have a cascade of failure affecting other
infrastructure
• All networks, systems, communities, and departments have plans in place to
protect its infrastructure
• Recovery from a significant event can take weeks or months
• All Public and Private sector collaboration is essential: Security, IT, Banking etc…
• Immediate funding will be available to assist in rebuilding
Responsibilities
A. The County remains available to work with businesses and communities to prepare
and recover from whatever they are faced with. The infrastructure of the county
can be aligned to the national Infrastructure sectors they include:
• Agriculture and Food
• Banking and Finance
• Communications
• Defense
• Emergency Services
• Fire Departments
• Law Enforcement
• Monuments and Icons
• Municipal Services
• Power
• Public Works
• Transportation
B. Local governments are responsible for emergency services and first-level
responses to CIKR incidents. In some sectors, local governments own and
operate CIKR such as water, wastewater, and storm water systems or electric
utilities, and are responsible for initial prevention, response, recovery, and
emergency services provision.
C. Private-sector CIKR owner/operators are responsible at the corporate and
individual facility levels for risk and incident management planning, security, and
preparedness investments.
D. Critical Infrastructure Protection (CIP) is developed by three major questions
1. What is critical?
2. Is it vulnerable?
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 122
City of St. Louis Park ESF - 15
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS PLAN Technology Business Continuity
Page I 6
3. What can be done?
Authentication
City of St. Louis Park Communications & Marketing Coordinator Date
City of St. Louis Park Manager/Emergency Management Director Date
City of St. Louis Park Fire Chief/Emergency Management Coordinator Date
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 2)
Title: Update on City of St. Louis Park Emergency Operations Plan (EOP)Page 123
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Discussion Item: 3
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Update on Post Discharge Pilot Program with Park Nicollet Healthcare/Methodist
Hospital
RECOMMENDED ACTION: No action required. This report and study session discussion is
intended to update the Council on the current status of the pilot project.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: None at this time.
SUMMARY: The Fire Chief will update Council on the pilot program with Park Nicollet
Healthcare/Methodist Hospital Post Discharge Firefighter Visits
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a connected and engaged
community.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
Prepared by: Steve Koering, Fire Chief
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 3) Page 2
Title: Update on Post Discharge Pilot Program with Park Nicollet Healthcare/Methodist Hospital
DISCUSSION
Pilot Program with Park Nicollet Healthcare/Methodist Hospital - Post Discharge
Firefighter Visit
The focus of this initiative was to develop and implement a pilot program where the fire
department plays an integral role in reducing the readmissions of high risk patients and related
911 calls.
The problem hospitals experience is the gap in time after the patient leaves the hospital and is
then seen by Home Care or goes to their first Primary Care visit. During this time the patient is
really left to their own devices and in some cases it is during this gap that something will happen
that causes the patient to access care through 911 (which we respond to) and is then readmitted.
In many cases the issue could have been easily resolved had a visit occurred in the home
environment prior to the 911 call. Examples of tasks that would benefit the patient are as
follows:
• Validate the patients understanding of their discharge orders.
• Confirming prescriptions match with what was prescribed.
• Did the patient actually pick up the prescription?
• Could be that some symptoms are normal and the patient needs reassurance.
• Does the patient have family or friends that are checking in?
These are just a few examples of the kind of positive impact having a resource showing up in this
window of time can deliver. By managing this pre-911 situation the patient gets to stay in the
home, Park Nicollet reduces their costs and the overall patient/resident experience is improved.
Why should the City and its Fire Department be involved?
The concept of the pilot program was for the City’s fire personnel to partner with Park Nicollet
to undertake the visits to certain patients shortly after their discharge to preventively address
issues that might result in another 911 calls and re-admittance into the hospital. After
considerable research into this issue and our discussions with Park Nicollet’s team there were
several benefits identified either for the City and/or Park Nicollet by the City undertaking the
initial home visits. The following is a summary list:
• Prevent unnecessary 911 calls and the associated costs for which there is no offsetting revenue.
• Improve the lives of our residents, some of whom are our most vulnerable, consistent with
the City’s Health in the Park initiative, which is also a partnership with Park Nicollet.
• Firefighters are among the most trusted members within the care spectrum.
• Firefighters are licensed, vetted, uniformed, and dispatched.
• Firefighters have the necessary training, and the needs of these patients conform to the
scope of practice firefighters are trained to do.
• Fire operations are scalable and can meet the unpredictable demands on the system.
• St. Louis Park Fire Department is already seeing a number of these patients post 911.
• Provides potential revenue source to the City relating to the home visits.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 3) Page 3
Title: Update on Post Discharge Pilot Program with Park Nicollet Healthcare/Methodist Hospital
The pilot was intended to determine whether this initiative and such a partnership makes sense.
The close partnership and relationship between the two organizations (the City and PNHC)
already affords access to improved services, and this will extend that list. The City’s focus on
community wellness and safer communities becomes an integral component of this program and
a revenue stream to recover costs and potentially fund future growth could become a reality.
Currently
The pilot has entered Phase II and continues to evolve towards developing best practices, better
engagement within the hospital, understanding of costs and returns, and agreements between
Park Nicollet and all member fire departments which will create a revenue stream. The League
of Cities has gained a better understanding of the program and supports it completely and feels
very comfortable with the current model of delivery.
Legislative efforts towards a Community EMT standard are continuing to move forward in the
House of Representatives and there is companion legislation in the Senate. Park Nicollet, the
Professional Firefighters Union, the Minnesota Ambulance Association and the Chief Officers of
the member cities have been engaged in testimony to support that legislation. The creation of the
Community EMT standard opens the door for, and simplifies the revenue process for this
program.
Currently there are test Pilots moving forward using our process in Edina with Fairview, and in
St. Paul with Regions. We intend to engage in those programs to ensure continuity and open up
additional opportunities within each City for patient visits and revenue.
The program is gaining national attention and will be shown as a successful initiative at the
upcoming FireMed Conference at the end of March. Chief Koering is a member of The
International Association of Fire Chiefs EMS section and has been asked to sit on the Affordable
Care Act Task Force which is addressing the impacts of the ACA on EMS delivery in the
country.
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Discussion Item: 4
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: 2015 Connect the Park!
RECOMMENDED ACTION: No action required at this time. Formal action for final Council
approval of the 2015 projects is scheduled for March 16.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Does the City Council wish staff to continue to pursue the
installation of the proposed 2015 sidewalk, trail, and bikeway segments?
SUMMARY: Staff presented the proposed 2015 Connect the Park! segments to Council at the
February 23, 2015 Study Session and again at the March 2, 2015 Public Hearing.
At the March 2nd Council meeting substantial discussion and testimony was provided by twenty-
two people. This staff report will provide clarification and additional explanation on some of the
questions raised as part of the Connect the Park! discussion.
During the study session staff will also be prepared to answer specific questions regarding the
design of the various sidewalk and trail segments. Attached is the staff report from the March 2
meeting that provides more details on each of the proposed segments.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: None at this time.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a connected and engaged
community.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
CTP! Resident Communications
March 2, 2015 - Project Report
Prepared by: Jack Sullivan, Senior Engineering Project Manager
Reviewed by: Debra Heiser, Engineering Director
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4) Page 2
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!
DISCUSSION
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: During the Council Meeting on March 2, 2015 a number of
questions were raised regarding the recommended design for the sidewalk segments. The
following is a summary:
1. What were the construction costs for CTP! sidewalk built in 2014?
The first year of the Connect the Park! initiative the City built 1.3 miles (7000 feet) of
sidewalk at a construction cost of $1,249,327.75. Administrative costs (Engineering,
easements, and attorney costs) of $398,479.84
2. Who is liable for claims on the proposed public sidewalks?
The City Attorney has provided the following opinion.
The city is the liable party for any claims relating to the maintenance and repair of
all public sidewalks.
The adjoining property owner is only potentially liable if he or she affirmatively
does something that creates a hazard on the sidewalk. Simply failing to shovel
the sidewalk or remove ice that naturally occurs does not create potential liability.
According to statute, with the exception of sidewalks adjoining a city owned
property, the City is immune from any liability for slip and fall type claims, so
long as the city, just like the adjoining property owner, has not done anything to
affirmatively create the hazardous situation. So in the normal accumulation of
snow and ice situation the city is immune. Also, generally a person out walking
in snow and ice situations in Minnesota has, in most circumstances, assumed a
risk.
3. What is the tree replacement practice for trees removed within the right-of-way for the
construction of the Connect the Park! sidewalk segments?
The City manages the urban forest in accordance with the Urban Reforestation Program
and Policy adopted by Council in 2009. The City has budgeted $60,000 annually for tree
replacement throughout the community and we supplement that amount as needed each
year from the reforestation fund (excess land sale proceeds) depending upon how many
tree losses we sustain annually. It is the practice of the City Forester to replace trees on a
“one for one” basis for trees that are removed in the right of way. The City plants
approximately 300 trees in the boulevard and 200 trees in City parks each year.
4. Were pedestrian counts taken at any of these segments?
In general we have not been collecting existing pedestrian counts for the Connect the
Park! sidewalk segments. The intent of the Active Living Sidewalks and Trail plan was
to create connections to increase the effectiveness of the pedestrian and bicycle systems
within the City of St. Louis Park, allowing residents to move within the city and beyond
on safe, pedestrian-friendly infrastructure.
Lauren Grouws, PE
2340 Sumter Avenue South
St. Louis Park, MN 55426
(253) 312-6913
lgrouws@gmail.com
March 3, 2015
Jack Sullivan
Senior Engineering Project Manager
City of St. Louis Park
5005 Minnetonka Boulevard
St. Louis Park, MN 55416
Subject: Connect the Park! 2015
Dear Mr. Sullivan,
I am writing in regards to the proposed Connect the Park 2015 Sidewalk Project, specifically the
section of sidewalk proposed along the west side of Texas Avenue between Cedar Lake Road and
Westwood Hills Drive. The construction of this segment of sidewalk would be detrimental to the Texas
Avenue streetscape and the image of St. Louis Park.
A driving force for me to move to St. Louis Park was the mature trees and park system that are
in close proximity to Minneapolis. The construction of sidewalk along the west side of Texas Avenue
proposes to remove 16 trees in the above mentioned sidewalk section. An estimated 180 inches
(diameter) of trees will be removed in this section. Per the City of St. Louis Park Zoning: Chapter 36 (j)
Restriction for tree removal; standards for replacement, it states the following:
(j) Restrictions for tree removal; standards for replacement.
(1) Public land. Only those persons authorized by the City may remove any tree from public land.
Trees removed from any public land including city, county or state right-of-way shall be
replaced by the person or entity who removed it. Replacement shall be in the following
manner:
a. Replacement of any live tree which is removed from any public land shall be required on
a caliper inch for caliper inch basis. The City may also elect to receive cash in lieu of trees
based on a fee per caliper inch determined by the City Council.
b. Replacement trees shall be replaced in locations as follows:
1. On public boulevards where the boulevard width is four feet or more, trees should
be planted at 30-foot intervals, according to a landscape plan, or as approved by the
city; however, no tree shall be planted within 15 feet of a utility pole, seven feet of a
shutoff valve or underground utility, two feet of a concrete curb, or within 25 feet of
an intersection as regulated by section 36-76; or
2. In a public park or open space.
c. Replacement trees shall be of a species approved by the City Forester.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 3
Page 2 of 3
Based on the code the trees that are removed are required to be replaced on a caliper inch for caliper
inch basis. There have been no plans available to show where these trees are proposed to be replaced
and what species are proposed.
Trees to be replaced also need room to grow and expand their roots. Four feet of landscape
area is proposed between the back of curb and the sidewalk. The area available and the code spacing,
the total caliper of trees removed cannot be placed back onto the streetscape. The trees are also being
constricted into an area smaller than industry standard for trees. The Minnesota Sustainable Building
Guidelines (MSBG) that where trees are surround by hard surfaces that a minimum volume of rootable
soil be provided per tree. It is recommended for small trees, 400 cubic feet; medium trees, 800 cubic
feet; large trees, 1200 cubic feet. These volumes are not attainable with the sidewalk configuration
proposed.
Tree protection is also proposed for existing trees located within the construction limits.
Chapter 3 of the St. Louis Park zoning code states:
(k) Tree protection. All trees which are to be retained on any site shall be marked and physically
protected from harm or destruction caused by soil compaction, equipment and material storage
within the drip line, bark abrasions, changes in soil chemistry, out-of-season pruning and root cutting
during construction.
(1) Before any construction or grading of any development project occurs, orange “safety fence”
at least four feet in height, and staked with steel posts no less than every five feet shall be
placed around the drip line borders of woodlots and or the drip lines of significant trees to be
preserved. Signs shall be placed along this fence line identifying the area as a tree protection
area, and prohibiting grading beyond the fence line. This fence must remain in place until all
grading and construction activity is terminated.
(2) No equipment, construction materials, or soil may be stored within the drip lines of any
significant trees to be preserved.
The proposed project area would not allow for proper installation of tree protection fence given the size
of the existing trees proposed to remain. The drip lines of many of these trees extend a great distance
into the proposed construction areas, which per the code no equipment, construction materials, or soil
may be stored. Without this tree protection fence installed correctly, the likelihood of the tree surviving
the trauma from construction is slim. The damage from construction does not show up immediately
and typically happens 1-3 years after construction.
The location of the proposed sidewalk is located in an area of right of way that has significant
grade change. In order to construct the sidewalk major retaining walls will be required which comes at a
major cost. Given the proposed location of the sidewalk, many of these retaining walls will be on
private property. They type of retaining walls are not covered on the available plans. The fence that is
currently located in the location of the proposed retaining wall is also called out to be protected or
reinstalled. Given the condition of this fence and the proximity to the construction, salvaging this fence
is going to be next to impossible. This will be an added cost to the already expensive portion of
sidewalk.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 4
Page 3 of 3
The sidewalk proposes to cross Virginia Circle North near the intersection of Cedar Lake Road
and Texas Avenue. The closer any intersection is to another, the less safe it is to cross at this
intersection. The turning movements and safety of this intersection should be further studied in order
to determine if channeling pedestrians across the intersection is the safest route. The west side
segment of the sidewalk also only connects 4 residences for a very high cost.
There is currently a sidewalk on the east side of Texas Avenue that services the community and
connects us to the parks. The usage of the existing sidewalk does not justify a secondary sidewalk on
the west side of the street. Repairs or upgrades to this existing sidewalk could be made to
accommodate any additional foot traffic that is assumed by the City. Has the City done any counts in
the area to justify a sidewalk on both sides of the road? If a road is to be widened, this information is
gathered. I feel like there is insufficient data to justify the above referenced sidewalk.
In conclusion, I propose that you omit the section of sidewalk on the west side of Texas
Avenue between Cedar Lake Road and Westwood Hills Drive. I appreciate all that you do for our city,
and look forward to seeing positive changes. Thank you for listening.
Sincerely yours,
Lauren Grouws, PE
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 5
From: Chris Wilhoit <cawilhoit@gmail.com>
Date: March 2, 2015 at 6:54:58 PM CST
To: Anne Mavity <AnneMavitySLP@comcast.net>
Subject: Re: Sidewalk plan
Anne,
I know the city council is voting on the Connect the Park plan tonight. As St. Louis Park
residents, we are very much in favor of these plans. We didn't get a sidewalk on our side of
Morningside Rd, (it is going on the north side), but I know we are and my neighbors around me
are looking forward to closing the sidewalk gap between us and Browndale Park.
Thanks,
Chris & Kelly Wilhoit
4305 Wooddale Ave.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 6
From: sean barrett [mailto:barrett0207@gmail.com]
Sent: Tuesday, March 03, 2015 1:23 PM
To: Joseph Shamla
Cc: Gregg Lindberg 2
Subject: Re: FW: Connect the Park
Hi Joe,
I appreciate the city’s willingness to make adjustments, and would like to continue that
discussion. The city originally proposed to place a sidewalk that is 6 feet wide 6 feet
from the back of the curb. The city is now proposing to reduce the intrusion into our yard
by placing the sidewalk 5.5 feet off the curb, and also reducing the width by .5 feet.
Additionally, the city intends to move the existing utility poles to facilitate placement of
the sidewalk.
First off, I think moving the utility poles is an unnecessary use of resources. Simply
placing the sidewalk between the curb and the existing utility poles saves the expense
and disruption of moving them. I understand that this would reduce the space for the
boulevard, but I don't believe a wide boulevard is needed in this area. No matter where
the utility poles are placed, I don't believe trees are an option because they will
eventually grow into the power lines. So if trees can't be planted that eliminates the
need for a wide space to accommodate them. I think an aesthetically pleasing green
space can be created with a smaller space than the proposed 5.5 ft.
My second concern, is that the original, and even follow up proposal, comes
unnecessarily far into our yard. As you can see from the attached pictures, the originally
proposed sidewalk comes very close to our landscaping. While increasing the distance
between the sidewalk and our landscaping by a foot in the revised proposal is a good
start, I think there is more that can be done. As previously stated, moving the sidewalk
closer to the curb and further reducing the width of the sidewalk would minimize the
intrusion into our yard. I understand the concern about snow removal equipment.
However, the city clears 4.5 foot sidewalks across the street from us without issue.
Even if further reductions in the width is a non-starter, I do believe moving the sidewalk
closer to the curb is a solution that works for all parties involved.
It is important to remember that this area is already fully developed. The city must take
into account the effects on the associated properties that will result from inserting a
sidewalk. The lots at issue are not huge, so taking a large swath of land is not realistic
or palatable. I am happy to work with the city to come up with a solution that works for
everyone, but such a solution must balance our needs as property owners with those of
the city.
I have cc'd Gregg Lindberg as my ward representative to ensure that my comments and
concerns are recorded.
Thanks
Sean Barrett
3543 Rhode Island Ave S
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 7
Six feet from curb, 6 feet wide, inches from landscaping
This proposal is wider that other area sidewalks and goes directly through utility poles.
Consider a width of 4.5 feet, consistent with the width of other area sidewalks, and closer to the curb to
avoid utility poles and landscaping.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 8
Meeting: City Council
Meeting Date: March 2, 2015
Public Hearing Agenda Item: 6a
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Public Hearing/Project Report: 2015 Connect the Park!
RECOMMENDED ACTION: The City Council is asked to conduct a public hearing and
review the proposed 2015 Connect the Park! projects. Formal action for final Council approval
of the 2015 projects is scheduled for March 16.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Does the City Council wish staff to continue to pursue the
installation of the proposed 2015 sidewalk, trail, and bikeway segments?
SUMMARY: Connect the Park! is the city's 10-year Capital Improvement Plan to add
additional sidewalks, trails, and bikeways throughout the community. This initiative proposes to
build 10 miles of sidewalk, 3 miles of trail, 3 bridges, and 32 miles of bikeways. As part of
Vision St. Louis Park in 2007, the city worked with community members to create an Active
Living Sidewalks and Trails plan. The Connect the Park! initiative will work toward
implementing many of the elements of the plan between now and 2023.
The primary goal of Connect the Park! is to develop a comprehensive, city-wide system of
sidewalks, trails, and bikeways that provides local and regional connectivity, improves safety
and accessibility, and enhances overall community livability. This is achieved by creating a
system plan that provides sidewalks approximately every ¼-mile and bikeways every ½-mile in
order to improve pedestrian and bicycle connectivity throughout the community.
Public comment will be accepted at the March 2, 2015 Council meeting. However, formal action
on the 2015 Connect the Park! plan is proposed to be taken at the March 16, 2015 Council
meeting.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: The construction cost estimate for the 2015
projects is estimated at $1,852,500. The original estimated cost for implementing the entire 10
year plan was $17 - 24 million dollars. These improvements will be funded using General
Obligation bonds.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a connected and engaged
community.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
DRAFT – Resolution Authorizing Advertisement for Bid
CTP!–Proposed 2015 Sidewalk and Trail Projects – Exhibit
Written Resident Correspondence
Prepared by: Jack Sullivan, Senior Engineering Project Manager
Reviewed by: Debra Heiser, Engineering Director
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 9
DISCUSSION
BACKGROUND: The Connect the Park! Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) was approved by
Council in June of 2013. In 2014, the CIP was modified in order to take advantage of some of
the other projects already identified in the City’s CIP and minimize construction scheduling
impacts from other transportation projects proposed by Hennepin County, MnDOT and
Southwest LRT. The proposed segments and associated build year for this plan can be found in
the attached graphics.
PROPOSED 2015 CONNECT THE PARK! SEGMENTS
In total, seventeen sidewalk and trail segments are recommended for construction in 2015. This
equates to over 11,750 feet (2.2 miles) of new sidewalks and 4250 feet (0.8 miles) of trails.
This is the second construction season for the plan. Staff has utilized the last nine months to
engage the public in the design process.
A Connect the Park! communication plan was created with the help of the City’s
communications department that included a website “connectthepark.org”, an action plan for
resident engagement that includes open houses, social media, and the use of email to share
information about the project as well as receive feedback.
Open houses were held in late November and early December, 2014 as an opportunity for
residents to learn more about the proposed 2015 sidewalk segments and to gain insight on the
right of way directly in front of their house. The initial round of open houses lumped
geographically similar segments together for a general discussion about sidewalk along their
roadway. The preliminary plan showed a 6 foot wide sidewalk with a 5 to 7 foot wide grass
boulevard behind the curb. This cross section was consistent with the sidewalk design included
in the Connect the Park! plan.
Staff presented to the residents the following design criteria that we would use to evaluate the
feasibility of constructing sidewalk.
• Minimize impacts to city boulevards
• Minimize tree impacts
• Driveway grades
• Driveway lengths
• Maintain a minimum of one side on street parking
• Distance from proposed sidewalk to homes
• Location of private utilities that occupy the boulevards (electric, gas, communications)
Other items discussed
• Staff discussed the Right of Way policy for addressing private amenities in the public
right of way.
• Snow removal
• Sidewalk replacement
• Funding
The goal of the first meeting was to educate the residents on the process and gain feedback on
their concerns and issues related to the proposed sidewalk. Many residents asked questions,
wrote post it notes on the layouts and provided suggestions for modifications to this base design.
Staff tried to incorporate these comments into a refined design.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 10
The following are the key issues staff heard in this initial round of open houses:
• Concern about impacts to trees and other vegetation in the boulevard
• Close proximity of the sidewalk to the house
• Shortening driveway lengths
• Sidewalks were not needed
If property owners were unable to attend the meetings, or if they had specific concerns that they
wanted to walk through, staff met with them on site. Using the information gathered from the
first round of open houses, individual site visits, phone calls and emails, staff revised the
sidewalk design to try to minimize the number of impacts within the boulevards. When impacts
could not be avoided, staff proposed mitigation of the impacts.
Engineering staff worked closely with Operations and Recreation staff to ensure the network of
sidewalk being built would meet the objectives for tree preservation/ replanting and acceptable
widths and design features for snow removal on community sidewalk segments.
Staff also worked closely with Operations and Recreation, Police and Fire to understand
appropriate street widths for efficient snow removal and safe travel for emergency response
vehicles.
The following pages of the summary discuss the design modifications staff used to minimize the
impacts to the property owners along these sidewalk segments.
The proposed final design plans were presented to residents at a second round of open house
meetings in January and February 2015. These meetings were held in a similar format to the first
round were residents were able to ask questions and staff asked for their feedback. Staff shared
with the residents the next steps in the process and informed them of opportunities to contact
staff and Council members, the upcoming study session and future Council reports prior to start
of construction.
ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION: Staff has received a limited amount of communication
from residents, neighborhood groups and businesses expressing their feedback on the proposed
sidewalk segments.
Staff has included correspondence from residents with this Council report.
SIDEWALK SEGMENTS
Flag Avenue, 18th Street, Hillsboro Avenue and 14th Street
Segment Overview: Approximately half of this sidewalk (north of 16th Street) is planned
to be constructed in conjunction with the 2015 Pavement Management project. The
remainder of the sidewalk south of 16th street is adjacent to streets the City will not be
reconstructing this year.
Community Significance: This area of town is currently underserved by pedestrian
facilities. The installation of sidewalk on these streets will connect the sidewalk along
Flag Avenue to Wayzata Boulevard.
Public Process: Staff has held two public open houses and on-site meetings with
residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the east side of Flag Avenue north of the Minneapolis Golf
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 11
Club and the north side of 18th Street. At the intersection of Hillsboro Avenue and 18th
Street the sidewalk switches to the west side of the roadway as it heads north to 14th
street. The sidewalk continues on the south side of 14th Street from Flag Avenue to the
Frontage Road of TH 169. The walk continues north along the west side of the Frontage
Road to Wayzata Boulevard. There are a number of trees that will need to be removed
along Hillsboro Avenue between 18th Street and 14th Street. The City is proposing to
narrow the street from 30 feet to 28 feet to minimize tree impacts and driveway grades
where feasible.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community sidewalk and would be maintained by
the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 3,600 feet of sidewalk is $241,500.
Construction Schedule: This sidewalk segment is planned to be built in conjunction
with the Pavement Management street reconstruction project scheduled to be completed
in the summer of 2015
Segments Around Louisiana Oaks Park
There are three segments of sidewalk and/or trail that “ring” Louisiana Oaks Park and the former
Reilly Tar & Chemical Site. The City is required to complete additional permitting in order to
complete any excavation near the site. The timing of the permitting necessitated postponing
these segments until the 2015 construction season. This aligns well with the 2015 Municipal
State Aid road project proposed for Walker St, the completion of the Highway 7/ Louisiana
interchange project and the improvements programmed for Louisiana Oaks Park. These
segments are discussed in more detail in the following pages of the report:
1. Louisiana Avenue Trail (From Walker Street to 32nd Street)
2. 32nd Street Trail (Pennsylvania Ave to Oregon Ave)
3. Walker Street Sidewalk (Texas Ave to 37th St) and Walker Street Trail (Adjacent to
Louisiana Oaks Park)
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 12
1. Louisiana Avenue Trail (From Walker Street to 32nd Street)
Segment Overview: This segment is currently has a 5 foot wide concrete sidewalk on the
west side of the roadway. The sidewalk will be replaced by an 8 or 10 foot wide asphalt
trail. This will continue the wider multi-use trail that was built in 2014 from Oxford
Street up to Walker Street.
Community Significance: This trail creates a direct connection to the Three Rivers
Regional trail and future SWLRT station.
Public Process: Staff held a public meeting in 2013 and two more public open houses in
late 2014/early 2015 with residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a 10 foot wide asphalt trail with a variable width boulevard
(4-6 feet) along the west side of Louisiana Avenue from 36th Street to the pedestrian
bridge over Louisiana Avenue. North of the pedestrian bridge the trail will narrow to 8
foot wide to minimize tree impacts. Staff is proposing to reconstruct the approach to the
pedestrian bridge and the trail entrance in to Louisiana Oaks Park.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community trail and would be maintained by the
City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 2,900 feet of trail is $550,000.
Construction Schedule: This trail segment is planned to be built in conjunction with the
Walker/ 36th Street 2015 Municipal State Aid reconstruction project scheduled to be
completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 13
2. 32nd Street Trail (Between Pennsylvania Avenue and Oregon Avenue)
Segment Overview: This segment is a gap in the trail network that wraps around
Louisiana Oaks Park. Currently there is a dirt path within the City’s 32nd Street right of
way.
Community Significance: This trail completes a gap in the Louisiana Oaks Park trail
system that will create a continuous walking and biking loop around the park.
Public Process: Staff has held a public meeting in 2013 and two more public open
houses in late 2014/early 2015 with residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a 10 foot wide asphalt trail that connects the trail network
currently in place around Louisiana Oaks Park. This area is currently heavily wooded.
Staff has worked with the City Forester to minimize tree impacts.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community trail and would be maintained by the
City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 350 feet of trail is $55,000.
Construction Schedule: This trail segment is planned to be built in conjunction with the
Walker/ 36th Street 2015 Municipal State Aid reconstruction project scheduled to be
completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 14
3. Walker Street Sidewalk (Texas Ave to 37th St) and Walker Street Trail (Adjacent to
Louisiana Oaks Park)
Segment Overview: Although Walker Street has a substantial amount of sidewalk and
trails, many of the segments are not connected. This creates gaps that pedestrians and
trail users need to manage. Since Walker Street is scheduled for reconstruction in 2015
staff believes this is the right time to create these connections.
Community Significance: The construction of these sidewalk and trail segments fills
gaps in the current pedestrian network between Louisiana Avenue and Texas Avenue.
Both Texas and Louisiana are major north- south routes connecting destinations and the
regional trail system.
Public Process: Staff held a public meeting in 2013 and additional public open houses in
late 2014 with residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: Along the north side of Walker Street from the west edge of Louisiana Oaks
Park to Louisiana Avenue an 8 foot wide bituminous trail would be built with a
boulevard that ranges from 6 to 20 feet. A 6 foot wide concrete sidewalk is proposed
along the south side of Walker Avenue from Quebec Avenue to 37th Street and then along
the north side between Texas Avenue and Quebec Avenue. These sidewalks fill in the
gap segments that exist today.
Walk Type: These are proposed to be a community sidewalk and trail that would be
maintained by the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 2000 feet of sidewalk and 1000 feet of
asphalt trail is $130,000. Final estimates will be available with the MSA Roadway
Improvement project report on March 16, 2015.
Construction Schedule: This sidewalk and trail segment is planned to be built as part of
the Walker/ 36th Street 2015 Municipal State Aid reconstruction project scheduled to be
completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 15
Morningside Road (Wooddale Avenue to Oakdale Avenue (Edina))
Segment Overview: This is a short section of roadway between Wooddale Avenue and
the City of Edina that does not have sidewalk on either side.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School,
Browndale Park, and City of Edina.
Public Process: Staff has held two public open houses and additional on-site meetings
with residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along north side of Morningside Road from Wooddale to Ottawa
Avenue. The segment east of Ottawa Avenue has some steep road and boulevard grades
that will require a retaining wall. This segment of sidewalk is placed at the back of the
curb in order to minimize the wall height.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community sidewalk and would be maintained by
the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 425 feet of sidewalk is $120,000.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 16
Quentin Avenue (40th Street to Excelsior Boulevard)
Segment Overview: The proposed sidewalk is along the west side of Quentin Avenue
from 40th Street to Excelsior Boulevard. Staff required sidewalk along this section of
property during the recent re-platting of the Park Nicollet/Wells Fargo property on the
southwest corner of Excelsior Boulevard and Quentin Avenue. At the time of platting the
property owners agreed to the sidewalk construction and placed money in escrow to pay
for this segment. The west side of Quentin Avenue will be narrowed from 36 feet to 30
feet from just south of the first drive entrance to Vallacher Street.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School, Excelsior
& Grand, and the neighborhoods to the south.
Public Process: Staff has held two public open houses and on-site meetings with
residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a six foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the west side of Quentin Avenue.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community sidewalk and would be maintained by
the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 520 feet of sidewalk is $70,000.
No Parking Resolution: A “No Parking” resolution will be presented to Council on
March 16, 2015 for the segment of Quentin Avenue that will be narrowed.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 17
Texas Avenue (Cedar Lake Road to Franklin Avenue)
Segment Overview: A new sidewalk is proposed on the west side of Texas Avenue from
Cedar Lake Road to Franklin Avenue.
Community Significance: Connections to St. Louis Park Middle School, Westwood
Hills Nature Center and the neighborhoods to the west of Texas Avenue.
Public Process: Staff has held two public open houses and numerous on-site meetings
with residents to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a six foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the west side of Texas Avenue from Cedar Lake Road to
Franklin Avenue. In addition, a pedestrian push button activated crossing light is
proposed at the intersection of Texas Avenue and 22nd Street.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community sidewalk and would be maintained by
the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 2,600 feet of sidewalk is $425,000.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
ADDITIONAL SIDEWALK SEGMENTS: Council has directed staff to identify gap segments
near a 2015 Connect the Park! sidewalk segment that if completed would create continuous
connections. The following gap sidewalk segments have been investigated by staff and are
feasible for construction.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 18
22nd Street (Texas Avenue to Quebec Drive)
Segment Overview: There is an existing user activated pedestrian crossing at the
intersection of Texas and 22nd Street. Currently, 22nd Street does not have a sidewalk in
this segment. With the proposed installation of sidewalk on the west side of Texas the
construction of a 22nd Street sidewalk creates a natural location for pedestrians to cross
Texas Avenue to gain access to the school and the various ball fields east of the school.
Staff is proposing a sidewalk along the north side of 22nd Street to the soccer fields that
will allow pedestrians to safely access the school amenities.
Community Significance: This segment creates a connection to the Middle School and
allows students walking and biking to school to be separated from vehicle traffic.
Public Process: Staff has held two public open houses and met with the School District
to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a six foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the north side of 22nd Street. The sidewalk would end at the
drive entrance to the school (at Quebec Drive). A future sidewalk could be built along
with the street reconstruction proposed for 2019 that would connect this segment to
Oregon Court/22nd Street.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a community sidewalk and would be maintained by
the City for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 950 feet of sidewalk is $60,000.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 19
Glenhurst Avenue (39th Street to 3830 Glenhurst Avenue)
Segment Overview: A sidewalk on the west side of Glenhurst Avenue that connects the
existing sidewalk along Glenhurst Avenue to the sidewalk along 39th Street.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School, Excelsior
and Grand, Minnekahda Vista Park, and the Minneapolis chain of lakes pathway system.
Public Process: Staff has held one public open house and on-site meetings with residents
to discuss issues and concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the west side of Glenhurst Avenue from 39th Street to 3830
Glenhurst Avenue. This sidewalk will connect in to the 39th Street sidewalk built in
2014. This design requires a number of retaining walls in order to make the grades work
through the front yards of the three homes.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a neighborhood walk and would be maintained by the
residents for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 225 feet of sidewalk is $75,000.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 20
Oregon Avenue (32nd Street to 3149 Oregon Avenue)
Segment Overview: The current sidewalk along Oregon Avenue stops three lots short of
the Louisiana Oaks Park trail network. This sidewalk segment would complete this gap
and provide a connection to the 32nd Street Trail and other trails to the south.
Community Significance: Connections to the Louisiana Oaks Park complex.
Public Process: Staff has held one public open house with residents to discuss issues and
concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the east side of Oregon.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a neighborhood walk and would be maintained by the
residents for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 180 feet of sidewalk is $10,000.
Construction Schedule: This sidewalk and trail segment is planned to be built as part of
the Walker/ 36th Street 2015 Municipal State Aid reconstruction project scheduled to be
completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!
Page 21
Vallacher Avenue (Quentin Avenue to 4915 Vallacher Avenue)
Segment Overview: This segment fills a three lot gap in the sidewalk between Quentin
Avenue and Princeton Avenue.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School, Excelsior
and Grand and the surrounding neighborhoods.
Public Process: Staff has held one public open house with residents to discuss issues and
concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the south side of Vallacher Avenue from Quentin Avenue to
4915 Vallacher Avenue.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a neighborhood walk and would be maintained by the
residents for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 120 feet of sidewalk is $13,500.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 22
40th Street (East of Quentin Avenue to 4001 Quentin Avenue)
Segment Overview: This segment fills a one lot gap in the sidewalk between Quentin
Avenue and Princeton Avenue.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School, Excelsior
and Grand and the surrounding neighborhoods.
Public Process: Staff has held one public open house with residents to discuss issues and
concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the south side of 40th Street from Quentin Avenue to 4001
Quentin Avenue.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a neighborhood walk and would be maintained by the
residents for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 130 feet of sidewalk is $12,500.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 23
40th Street (West of Quentin Avenue to Wooddale Avenue)
Segment Overview: Currently there is sidewalk along the south side of 40th Street east of
Wooddale Avenue to the east end of the Wooddale Evangelical Lutheran Church. This
proposed segment fills a nine lot gap in the sidewalk between Wooddale Avenue and
Quentin Avenue.
Community Significance: Connections to Susan Lindgren Elementary School, Excelsior
and Grand and the surrounding neighborhoods.
Public Process: Staff has held one public open house with residents to discuss issues and
concerns.
Design: The construction of a five foot wide concrete sidewalk with a variable width
boulevard (4-6 feet) along the south side of 40th Street from Quentin Avenue to the
Church. The existing 4 foot wide sidewalk at the church would be removed and a 5 foot
sidewalk would be installed to Wooddale Avenue.
Walk Type: This is proposed to be a neighborhood walk and would be maintained by the
residents for snow removal.
Cost: The engineering cost estimate for the 1,000 feet of sidewalk is $90,000.
Construction Schedule: This is planned to be independent sidewalk construction work
that can be completed in the summer of 2015.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 24
IMPACTS, EASEMENTS AND RIGHT OF ENTRY: All the proposed sidewalks for 2015
are challenging to build in a fully development community such St. Louis Park. The design and
implementation of these segments require flexibility in design standards and creativity in design
alternatives. Each sidewalk segment is unique and requires its own set of design solutions to
minimize and mitigate impacts to the community.
The designs presented to the residents and in this report acknowledge that tree loss and
temporary impacts to private property are two very sensitive issues. The proposed design
endeavors to balance the need for increased pedestrian facilities within the City with the impacts
to residents who live along these proposed sidewalks, trails and bikeways.
If these projects are approved, staff will work with residents to obtain the easements and right of
entry documents necessary to construct the various sidewalk and trails.
NEXT STEPS: The proposed schedule for the segments recommended by staff to facilitate
construction in 2015 is as follows:
Council Study Session February 23, 2015
Submit Project Report and Public Discussion March 2, 2015
Council Approval of Project Report March 16, 2015
Council Awards Construction Bids April 6, 2015
Construction May through October 2015
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Each sidewalk segment is unique and
requires its own set of design solutions to minimize and mitigate impacts in the right- of- way.
Often this requires more expensive solutions then is typically considered for standard sidewalk
construction. The increase in costs to construct these segments was acknowledged in the original
estimates during the Connect the Park! planning. Staff is confident that the estimates shown
above are within the budget approved by Council in June 2013.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 25
RESOLUTION NO. 15-____
RESOLUTION ACCEPTING THE PROJECT REPORT,
ESTABLISHING IMPROVEMENT PROJECT NO. 4015-2000
APPROVING PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND AUTHORIZING
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS FOR IMPROVEMENT
PROJECT NO. 4015-2000
WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of St. Louis Park has received a report from the
Project Manager related to the 2015 Connect the Park! project.
NOW THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of St. Louis
Park, Minnesota, that:
1. The Project Report regarding Project No. 4015-2000 is hereby accepted.
2. Such improvements as proposed are necessary, cost effective, and feasible as detailed in the
Project Report.
3. The proposed project, designated as Project No. 4015-2000, is hereby established and
ordered. The project includes the following segments:
a) Flag Avenue (North of Franklin Avenue)
b) 18th Street (Hillsboro Avenue to Flag Avenue)
c) Hillsboro Avenue (18th Street to 14th Street)
d) 14th Street (Wayzata Boulevard to Flag Avenue)
e) Louisiana Avenue Trail (From Walker Street to 32nd Street)
f) 32nd Street Trail (Between Pennsylvania Avenue and Oregon Avenue)
g) Walker Street Sidewalk (Texas Ave to 37th St)
h) Walker Street Trail (Adjacent to Louisiana Oaks Park)
i) Morningside Road (Wooddale Avenue to Oakdale Avenue (Edina))
j) Quentin Avenue (40th Street to Excelsior Boulevard)
k) Texas Avenue (Cedar Lake Road to Franklin Avenue)
l) 22nd Street (Texas Avenue to Quebec Drive)
m) Glenhurst Avenue (39th Street to 3830 Glenhurst Avenue)
n) Oregon Avenue (32nd Street to 3149 Oregon Avenue)
o) Vallacher Avenue (Quentin Avenue to 4915 Vallacher Avenue)
p) 40th Street (East of Quentin Avenue to 4001 Quentin Avenue)
q) 40th Street (West of Quentin Avenue to Wooddale Avenue)
4. The plans and specifications for the making of these improvements, as prepared under the
direction of the Project Manager, or designee, are approved. The Project Manager is allowed
to make adjustments to these plans and specifications, such as narrowing the width of
boulevards or sidewalks, in cases where special circumstances exist in the field, such as the
location of trees, provided that these adjustments will make a material difference in
addressing any special circumstances that may exist.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 26
5. The City Clerk shall prepare and cause to be inserted at least two weeks in the official City
newspaper and in relevant industry publications an advertisement for bids for the making of
said improvements under said-approved plans and specifications. The advertisement shall
appear not less than ten (10) days prior to the date and time bids will be received by the City
Clerk, and that no bids will be considered unless sealed and filed with the City Clerk and
accompanied by a bid bond payable to the City for five (5) percent of the amount of the bid.
6. The Project Manager, or designee, shall report the receipt of bids to the City Council shortly
after the letting date. The report shall include a tabulation of the bid results and a
recommendation to the City Council.
Reviewed for Administration: Adopted by the City Council March 16, 2015
City Manager
Mayor
Attest:
City Clerk
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 27
MINNETONKA
36TH
34TH
27THFLAG
FRANCETEXAS41STFLORIDAGEORGIA
YOSEMITE16TH
OXFOR
DJERSEY37TH
35THKENTUCKY
40THRHODE ISLAND38TH
WOODD
A
L
E
LI
B
R
A
R
Y ALABAMA394 HOV
1ST39THAQUILA KIPLING2ND28TH
FORD
BELTLINEWALK
E
R
WAYZATA
25 1/2
31ST
GORHAMCEDA
R
L
A
K
E
INGLEWOODCLUB
SHELARD
26TH
VIRGINIA 23RD
UTICAZARTHANVERNONZINRANBRUNSWICK36 1/2
PARK G
L
E
N
TOLEDO32ND HUNTINGTONLYNNMARYLANDIDAHOMELROSE24TH
42NDPARK PLACEGLENHURSTNORTH NEVADABROOKSIDE22ND
SALEMLAKE
EB I394 TO SB HWY100 S
DIVISION WEBSTERJOPPAXENWOODDAKOTA29TH
FRANKLI
N
43 1/2
FORE
S
T
25TH
HAMILTON ALLEY18T
H
NB HWY169 T
O
E
B
I
3
9
4
DUKEBROOKEDGEB
R
O
O
K
EXCELSI
O
R
MORNINGSIDE
SERVI
C
E
D
R
HI
G
H
W
A
Y
7BOONEELIOT
VI
E
W
14TH
30 1/2
34 1/2
SUNSET
NB HWY100 S TO EB I394
VALLA
C
H
E
RUTAH
MACKEYBASSWOOD
XYLON44TH MO
N
T
E
R
E
YQUEBEC
LOUISIANAQUENTINRALEIGHYUKONJORDANPOWELL TAFTBARRYSUMTERGAMBLEKILMER
BURDCAVELLSTANLEN
COLORADOWOLF
E
13TH
PENNSYLVANIAOTTAWA13 1/2
RIDGE33RD
CEDARWOOD
RANDAL
LNATCHEZ
EDGEWOODPARKDALE
WESTSIDE
PHILLIPSHAMPSHIREOREGONHILLR
E
P
U
B
L
I
C
INDEPENDENCEPRINCETONBLACKSTONEPARKER
DECATUR42 1/2HILLSBOROGETTYSBURG
GLENWOODLANCASTER PARKLANDSWYOMINGCAMBRIDGE
VICTORIA
MINNEHAHA
PRIV
A
T
E
HIGHW
O
O
D
CAMERATA
BROOKVIEWENSIGNFRONTAGE RDWILLOWGOODRICH
AUTO CLUBUTAHBRUNSWICKSUMTER28TH
PRIVATEZINRANVIRGINIA
39THYOSEMITE26TH
18TH
CAVELL31ST
BOONE28TH
ALABAMAFORDJORDANHAMPSHIRELOUISIANA
PRIVATE
JOPPANATCHEZ13TH18THQUEBECFRANKLIN
NATCHEZJOPPADECATUR34TH YOSEMITE16TH
RALEIGHDAKOTA27TH
23RDFLAG
GLENHURSTEDGEWOODWEBSTERFLAG
DAKOTA34TH
42NDHAMPSHIRE
UTICAINDEPENDENCE22ND
TOLEDOSERVICE DR
H
I
G
H
W
A
Y
7
ZARTHANNEVADASUMTERBLACKSTONE26TH
25TH
AQUILAYUKONWEBSTER27TH
39THVIRGINIA
24TH
QUEBECEDGEWOOD25TH
VERNON31ST32NDOREGON
37TH
ALABAMARALEIGH
COLORADO31ST UTICASALEMYOSEMITE18TH
ALABAMAVERNONYOSEMITE23RD
16TH
XENWOODWAYZATA
27TH
MONTEREYFRANCEGEORGIANEVADA16TH
LAKE43 1/2
36THALABAMA29THXYLONUTAHCAVELL
XENWOODUTAHQUEBECBOONETEXASWO
O
D
D
A
L
E
36TH
CAMBRIDGEBLACKSTONEBOONE37TH
16TH
LYNN34TH
26TH
TOLEDOQUEBE
C ZARTHAN14TH
29TH
YUKONIDAHO22ND
33RD KIPLING37TH QUENTINJERSEYXENWOODPENNSYLVANIAJOPPA33RD
WEBSTERV
IRG
IN
IA
UTAH23RD
FLAGCOLORADO35THAQUILA
WEBSTEROREGON18THKILMER
26TH
OTTAWA33RD
OXFORD
32ND IDAHOZARTHAN31ST ZARTHAN22ND
RALEIGH28TH
CED
A
R
L
A
K
E
DAKOTAUTICAID
A
H
OKENTUCKY QUENTIN¬«100¬«7
¬«100
£¤169
§¨¦394
§¨¦394
")17
")25
")5
0 0.5 1 1.5 2Miles
¯
Connect the Park!Proposed 2015 Sidewalk and Trail Projects
Legend
Connect the Park! Proposed Sidewalks
Connect the Park! Proposed Trails
Additional Sidewalk Segments
Current Sidewalks
Current Trails
City Limits
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4)
Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 28
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 4) Title: 2015 Connect the Park!Page 29
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Written Report: 5
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Update on Hennepin County Ordinance Relating to E-Cigarettes
RECOMMENDED ACTION: This report provides a summary of current regulations on
smoking of tobacco and e-cigarettes. No action required unless Council requests further
discussion.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: None at this time.
SUMMARY: Hennepin County recently adopted an ordinance effective March 10, 2015 that
will effectively disallow persons to use e-cigarettes in all public places consistent with the Clean
Indoor Air Act. As a result, based on this ordinance as well as the existing City Business
Licensing and the current Minnesota Clean Indoor Air Act, any use of electronic delivery
devices will be treated the same as for tobacco products and not be allowed in any interior public
space. This definition includes retail, restaurants, offices, factories, and other commercial or
government owned buildings open to the general public. Licensed tobacco stores in St. Louis
Park are not allowed to offer tobacco or e-cigarette sampling which prevents smoking lounges
from being established.
Currently, outdoor areas are only regulated in St. Louis Park by policy prohibiting tobacco use in
any city park.
City employees are not allowed to use tobacco or e-cigarettes in city vehicles in accordance with
the St. Louis Park personnel policy.
The Minnesota Legislature is in session and may change the Clean Indoor Air Act to include e-
cigarettes.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Not applicable
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a leader in environmental
stewardship. We will increase environmental consciousness and responsibility in all areas of city
business.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
Prepared by: Brian Hoffman, Director of Inspections
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 5) Page 2
Title: Update on Hennepin County Ordinance Relating to E-Cigarettes
DISCUSSION
The most inclusive regulations for protecting the general public from secondhand tobacco smoke
over recent years are located in the Minnesota Clean Indoor Air Act. This replaced the earlier
adopted Hennepin County Ordinance #24 which followed the St. Louis Park Tobacco Disclosure
Notice Program implemented in restaurants over ten years ago. Licensed tobacco retailers in St.
Louis Park have also followed Business Licensing Section 8-374 regulations to limit tobacco
product access to children and not allow sampling in the store. Sampling has been an exception
in the Clean Indoor Air Act unless regulated locally.
With the introduction of devices intended to provide nicotine inhalation without burning tobacco,
e-cigarettes have generated concern over possible negative health effects caused by inhalation
and exhalation of nicotine and other chemicals used in the manufacture of them. Without
Federal regulations on the manufacture of e-cigarettes, the contents and health effects are
uncertain. Exposure to e-cigarette emissions may compromise the general public health in a
similar manner as secondhand tobacco smoke.
Although nicotine is an extracted product of tobacco, specific code language had evolved around
exposure to secondhand smoke from burning tobacco. The following actions have been taken to
date:
• City Council adopted amendments to the Licensing section of City Ordinance during the
September 2, 2014 meeting. This expanded the definition of tobacco related devices
and related sections to specifically include electronic delivery devices as a regulated
product. Therefore, in order to sell any of these devices, the establishment must now be
licensed and follow all license requirements the same as for tobacco products, including
not allowing sampling in the store.
• St. Louis Park Personnel Policy Section 18.9 has been updated to include e-cigarettes.
Employees may not use them or tobacco products while in city vehicles or buildings.
• Hennepin County recently adopted amendments to Ordinance #24 which will become
effective March 10, 2015. Applying to all cities within Hennepin County, they will 1)
expand the scope of Ordinance #24 from prohibiting smoking in food establishments to
prohibiting smoking in all public places consistent with the Minnesota Clean Indoor Air
Act, and 2) expand the definition of “smoking” to include the use of electronic delivery
devices (e-cigarettes), prohibiting there use in public places.
The Minnesota Legislature just introduced HF 1253 and SF 1135 to amend the Clean Indoor Air
Act. The proposed language would prohibit the use of electronic delivery devices in certain
places. An attempt to include e-cigarettes in legislation last year failed to be passed. Staff will
follow and inform council if any provision would supersede city or county ordinances.
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Written Report: 6
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report
RECOMMENDED ACTION: The purpose of this report is to update Council on the various
housing programs and activity in St. Louis Park. This report is informational and no action is
required.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: None at this time. Please let staff know of any questions you
might have.
SUMMARY: The Annual Housing Programs Report including the Housing Matrix has been
presented to Council since 2005. The Executive Summary provides a quick review of the
detailed report and the report provides historical trends, program descriptions, affordable housing
data and additional information on housing programs in St. Louis Park.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to providing a well-maintained and
diverse housing stock.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Report
Prepared by: Marney Olson, Housing Programs Coordinator
Reviewed by: Michele Schnitker, Housing Supervisor
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The purpose of this report is to apprise City policy makers of housing program activity during
2014. The report provides historical trends, program descriptions, and additional information.
Below are the key points with details following this summary.
1. Remodeling Activity
a. Housing rehab (general remodeling) activity in 2014 was consistent with 2013
activity and among the top three of the past 10 years for rehab activity. The
average cost per alteration permit was $575 more than in 2013. Most projects
were financed without using city loans.
b. Use of the city’s Architect Design Services and Remodeling Advisor Services
increased over previous years.
c. 173 home energy visits were conducted through the new Home Energy Squad
Enhanced program. This program began in March 2012 and the number of homes
participating is increasing each year.
d. Major remodeling projects were at the highest level of the past ten years and 2014
saw the most home additions since 2007.
e. Discount Loan use in 2014 was relatively low compared to previous years with
only 17 loans; however, this is a statewide trend with an increase in loan options
and fewer homeowners using secured loans that have a lien against the property.
2. Affordable Home Ownership and Public Housing Update
a. Three homebuyers used the Live Where You Work program in 2014. Seventeen
homebuyers have used the program since it began in spring 2009.
b. The SLP Housing Authority affordable rental housing and rental assistance
programs continue to have high occupancy. Over 500 households received rental
assistance in 2014.
c. The SLP Housing Authority is administering a new Stable HOME rental
assistance program in partnership with Hennepin County which provides housing
assistance to homeless or previously homeless individuals and families within
Suburban Hennepin County.
3. Housing Matrix
a. There was a net gain of four detached single family homes in St. Louis Park in the
first half of 2014.
b. Owner occupied (homestead) properties now comprise 53% of the housing market
with rental (non-homestead) at 47%. This is a decrease in overall owner occupied
homes as more multi-family rental properties are added; however, the single
family home ownership rate is consistent with 2013 at 89%.
c. Four new multi-family unit properties were started or completed during 2014
including Gateway Assisted Living (22 units), Calhoun Hill (7 condo units), Eliot
Apartments (138 units) and Millennium (158 units). In 2013 the following
apartments were completed: e2/Ellipse on Excelsior II (58 units), The Flats at
West End (119 units), and 36 Park Apartments (192 units).
4. Foreclosures
a. The 2014 foreclosure rate is at the lowest rate since we began tracking
foreclosures in 2006 with 54 foreclosures.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 2
1. REMODELING ACTIVITY
Residential permitted activity measures remodeling and maintenance activity; this section shows
historical trends of remodeling activity.
Permit Trends
• “Alteration Residential” or General Remodeling
The chart below shows the trend line of general remodeling activity over time. This work
includes projects with permit valuations less than $37,500 (the average value per job for
2014 is approximately $7,850, an increase of $575 from 2013) and includes such items as:
o remodeling of bathrooms and kitchens;
o finishing of basement and attic spaces;
o conversion of existing spaces;
o window and door replacements, insulation; and
o drain tile, step, and foundation work.
The trend line below reflects residents’ willingness to preserve and update housing, the
impact of the city’s proactive housing improvement assistance, and the ongoing needs of
older housing stock. General remodeling activity in 2014 is consistent with 2013 and one of
the top three years for remodeling activity since 2006.
Chart 1: Trend of Maintenance & Minor Remodeling Permits Since 2006
• Roofing and Siding Activity
Reroofing and residing permits are tracked separately. This chart illustrates the impact of
storm damage in 2008-9 and again in 2011. Almost 60% of the homes in the city had roofs
replaced between 2008 and 2011. It is likely the number of reroofs will remain relatively low
for the next decade or so.
517
785 797
971 869
1129
1011 1091 1084
0
500
1000
1500
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number of Permits Issued Year
Maintenance & Minor Remodeling Permits
Alteration Residential (Minor)
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 3
Chart 2: Reroofing and Residing Permits Since 2005
*Spike in reroofing due to 2008 storms.
• Additions and Major Remodeling
The number of Major Remodeling permits (valued at more than $37,500) exceeds previous
years. Additions are at the highest level since 2008. The increase in additions beginning in
2012 may be an indication that homeowners think that the housing market is recovering and
recent homebuyers who purchased at the low end of the market are now investing in their
homes.
The average permit valuation for additions during 2014 is $120,818 and the average for
major remodels is $74,280. Included in these numbers are tear downs and new builds on
existing foundations.
Chart 3: Number of Addition and Major Remodeling Permits Since 2005
202 216 355
845
201
761
140 161 131
85 66 84
573
332
117 117 73 83 70 0
500
1000
1500
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number of Permits Issued Year
Reroofing and Residing Permits
Reroof Reside
55
86
102
89
55
40
48
71 67 73
45 50 50 46 50
53
46 44
53
69
0
40
80
120
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number of Permits Issued Year
Addition and Major Remodel Permit Activity
Addition Residential Major Remodels
4828
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 4
• Permit Valuation, 2005 –2014
The valuation for single family remodeling activity for 2014 exceeded 2010, 2012 and 2013
permits. The following chart shows historical remodeling permit valuation for additions,
major remodels, remodeling and maintenance, garages/decks, reroofs, and siding. Additional
permits with additional valuations were issued for plumbing, heating, and electrical work
(not shown here). As the chart illustrates, permit valuation varies significantly from year to
year; however, with the exception of the “year of the hail damage repairs” (2008), valuation
has ranged between $14 and $27 million.
Chart 4: Permitted Residential Remodeling Since 2005
City Housing Improvement Services, Loans Trends and Program Descriptions
• Home Improvement Services.
Use of the city’s architectural design service and remodeling increased in 2014. The home
energy visits (Home Energy Squad Enhanced) increased by 20 visits over 2013. Remodeling
Advisor visits were at the highest rate since 2009 and use of the Architectural Design service
was at a seven year high.
Chart 5: Technical, Design and Home Energy Visits Since 2005
$13.9
$15.2
$22.5
$68.5
$26.6
$17
$26
$16.8 $21
$25
0
20
40
60
80
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Permit Valuation - Million $ Year
Residential Remodeling Permit Valuation
68
102
62 48 32 30 29
29 37 41
221
157 179
130 126
89 82
69 69
95
122 153
173
0
50
100
150
200
250
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number of Visits Year
Technical Home Improvement Services
Architect Services Remodeling Advisor Home Energy Visits
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 5
• Home Remodeling Fair and Tour Trend
Both the Home Remodeling Fair and Tour continue to be popular events with residents. 250-
450 residents visited each of the six tour homes in May and the attendance at the 2014
Annual Remodeling Fair in February was approximately 1200.
• City Loan and Rebate Trends
The following chart shows the number of Move Up Loans, Discount Loans and Energy
Rebates issued in recent years. Discount Loan use in 2014 was relatively low compared to
previous years with only 17 loans; however, this is a statewide trend with an increase in loan
options and fewer homeowners using secured loans that have a lien against the property. The
number of Move Up loans was consistent with 2012 and 2013. The Energy Rebate program
has increased each year.
Chart 6: Use of City Financial Incentives Since 2005
In 2014, the 6 Move-Up deferred loans from the City totaled $138,740 and were matched
with $821,857 in private funds by the homeowner. The City discounted 17 low-interest rate
home improvement loans (Discount Loans) for a total discount of $26,079 in 2014 and the
private investment was $357,147 in loans taken out by the homeowners. This ratio of public
to private investment for the Move-Up and Discount Loans is 1:7.15.
When all other City investments, including technical and design services, rebate programs,
and administrative costs are factored into the ratio of public to private investment, the ratio is
approximately 1:5.2. The 2014 ratio is consistent with 2013 and a slight increase over 2012
and prior years.
7
28 20 17 17 8 10 6 6 6
76 88
50 55 52 64
22 26 22 17 22 42
83 73
113
166
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number Loans - Rebates Year
Loans and Rebates
Move up loans Discount loans Energy Rebates
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 6
Table 1: Move-Up Participation and Costs Since 2005
Move-Up Participation and Costs
YEAR
Move-Up
Loans
Discount
Loans
Architectural
Design
Services
Remodeling
Advisor
Services
Remodeling
Tour & Fair
Green
Rebates
Home Energy
Squad
Enhanced
Visits
Total City
Cost
2005 7 $182,806 76 $45,636 68 $15,300 221 $28,730 $272,472
2006 27 $591,264 88 $186,205 102 $22,950 157 $20,410 1 $5,000 $825,829
2007 27 $620,000 50 $74,000 62 $12,400 179 $23,270 1 $5,000 $734,670
2008 18 $330,937 55 $114,129 49 $11,025 130 $16,900 1 $5,000 $477,991
2009 17 $329,650 52 $106,000 12 $7,200 126 $16,380 1 $5,000 22 $4,092 $468,322
2010 9 $209,769 64 $86,263 30 $6,750 89 $11,510 1 $5,000 42 $7,820 $327,112
2011 10 $226,877 22 $29,213 29 $6,525 82 $10,250 1 $5,000 83 $15,465 $293,330
2012* 6 $106,232 26 $31,276 29 $6,525 69 $8,970 1 $5,505 73 $13,748 122 $7,320 $179,576
2013 6 $145,071 22 $33,063 37 $8,325 69 $8,970 1 $8,271 113 $26,000 153 $10,650 $240,350
2014 6 $138,740 17 $26,079 41 $9,225 95 $12,350 1 $8,214 166 $37,575 173 $11,390 $243,573
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 7
2. AFFORDABLE HOME OWNERSHIP, COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT BLOCK
GRANTS AND PUBLIC HOUSING UPDATE
Live Where You Work
The Live Where You Work Homebuyer Assistance Program began in spring 2009. The goal is
to promote home ownership within the City among employees of St. Louis Park businesses.
The city provides a deferred loan of $2,500 to an eligible employee and an additional $1,000 is
provided to employees purchasing vacant lender-owned foreclosed properties. Employers are
invited to contribute a matching or lesser amount to the City’s contribution. The deferred loan
will be forgiven after 3 years if the employee continues to work for the employer and meets
other qualification requirements. The City contracts with CEE for loan administration. Three
homebuyers used the program during 2014. Total participation to date is 17.
Housing Improvement Area (HIA)
The HIA is a finance tool to assist with the preservation of the city’s existing townhome and
condominium housing stock. An HIA is a defined area within a city where housing
improvements are made and the cost of the improvements are paid in whole or in part from fees
imposed on the properties within the area. The Association borrows low interest money from the
City, improvements are completed and unit owners repay the loan through fees imposed on their
properties and collected with property tax payments.
The first HIA, Cedar Trails, was established in 2002 and has been paid off. To date, seven
HIA’s have been established and over twelve million dollars of improvements have been made to
1100 units. Greensboro Condo’s HIA was established in 2011 and improvements totaling nearly
$4,000,000 were completed in 2013. Westwood Villa Association HIA began construction in
July, 2012, targeting $1,400,000 worth of improvements which they completed in 2014.
Community Development Block Grant (CDBG)
Activity completed in 2014 was funded with FY2013 CDBG funds. $195,859 funded the
following projects: rehab for SLP Housing Authority single family home, the single family low-
income homeowner’s emergency repair and loan programs, Homes Within Reach, rehab of
special needs housing for Community Involvement Partnership, and Park & Rec Summer Youth
Programming.
West Hennepin Affordable Housing Land Trust, aka Homes Within Reach (HWR).
Homes Within Reach is a program of West Hennepin Affordable Housing Land Trust that
purchases properties, rehabilitates and then sells the home to qualified low to moderate income
households. Buyers pay for the cost of the home only and lease the land for 99 years which
allows families to more easily purchase a home where they work or live, retain it for generations,
and not over burden their incomes in becoming homeowners. City funds are leveraged with
CDBG, Hennepin County Affordable Housing Incentive Fund (AHIF), HOME Partnership,
Metropolitan Council, Minnesota Housing and other funds. Since the program began in 2007
twelve homes have been purchased and sold to low to moderate income families.
Twin Cities Habitat for Humanity
The city has partnered with Habitat over the years to acquire nine blighted properties for rehab or
tear-down for new construction. In 2011 the city assisted Habitat with the purchase of one
property, construction was completed in the fall 2012, and the home was sold to a low income
family. No Habitat homes were acquired in 2013 or 2014.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 8
3. HOUSING MATRIX
The housing matrix shows at a glance the numbers and percentages of housing types, tenure
(owner or non-homesteaded), affordable units, senior designated units and large single family
homes. The matrix is a guide to evaluate future housing development proposals.
2014 Highlights
• There was a net gain of 4 single family homes.
• The percentage of owner occupied (homesteaded) units is consistent with 2013. The citywide
ratio of homestead to non-homestead property currently stands at 53/47. The overall ratio of
homestead to non-homestead property is decreasing due to the increase in new multi-family
rental properties.
• The chart shows percentages of homesteaded residential units over time and the ownership
rate increased in 2014. 2014 had 89% of single family detached homes were owner occupied
and 66% of condos/townhomes were owner occupied.
Chart 7: Percentage of Owner Occupied Units since 2006
• The May 2013 Maxfield Research Inc. Comprehensive Housing Needs Analysis reports the
overall vacancy rate in St. Louis Park was 3.0% as of May 2013. The overall Metro Area
vacancy rate is also very low at 2.8%.
• Rental of duplexes remains strong and reflects a strong rental market – 66% of the duplex
units are currently rental (non-homestead).
Large Single Family Homes
One of the City’s housing goals is to increase the number of larger homes available in the city.
“Large single family homes” are being defined as exceeding 1,500 square feet of living space,
having 3 or more bedrooms, 2 or more baths, and at minimum a 2 car garage. According to SLP
Assessing Department, 2,172 – or 19% – of SLP single family homes meet this threshold. This
number slowly increases each year due to new construction and additions. Although this size
97 97 96 93 93 93 91 89 89 91 92 89 89
80 75 70 67 66
0
50
100
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Percentage YEAR
% Owner Occupied (Homesteaded) Units
Single Family Detached Homes Condos & Townhomes
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 9
home is not considered large when compared to newly constructed housing, it is when compared
to all SLP homes where 75% of single family homes have a foundation size less than 1,200
square feet. 48% of single family homes have 1,200 square feet above ground.
Affordable Housing
The Met Council’s affordable guideline is that housing is affordable to households with incomes
at or below 60% of area median income ($49,400 for a family of four) paying thirty percent of
their income for housing costs whether renting or owning. The owner occupied affordable
ownership data is from Assessing. The affordable rental numbers below are based on a voluntary
survey of rental units in St. Louis Park. Not all affordable rental housing units are represented in
these numbers, only those that were reported on the survey.
Owner Occupied
• The 2014 affordable ownership purchase price is $166,000 or less, $11,500 less than 2013.
• In 2014, 2910 owner occupied homes were considered affordable which is 22% of the owner
occupied housing stock and 12% of the total housing units. This is a decrease of 1,174 from
2013; however the affordable price is $11,500 less than 2013. Increasing mortgage interest
rates are driving the decrease in purchase price affordability for 2014 despite a slight increase
in area median income. Despite the lower purchase price for affordable home ownership
based on AMI, median home values are increasing resulting in a lower number of affordable
homes.
Rental
• The 2013 affordable monthly rent including utilities for a 2 bedroom apartment for a family
of four is $1,111 at 60% MAI. In 2014 the affordable rent was increased by $10; however,
the Maxfield Research Inc. study from 2013 is the most comprehensive information we have
for multi-family affordable units, so affordable rent is based on the Maxfield study and the
SLPHA Rental Study and 2013 rental totals.
• There were 5,903 reported (54% of all non-homestead units) affordable rental units –
including known subsidized units and estimated market rate units in 2013.
• The estimated number of market rate affordable rental units is based on reported affordable
units from the SLPHA Rental Study and the Maxfield Research Inc. Study. The response
rates for both surveys were approximately 85%. The actual number of affordable units is
expected to be higher (estimated at 63%) if all rental properties reported their rental rates.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 10
St. Louis Park Housing Matrix
December 31, 2014
Housing Units by Type Large Single Family Homes, Affordable, and Senior Housing
Housing
Type Housing Units
Net
Units
added
in
2014
Owner
Occupied
(Homestead)
Non
Homesteaded
and/or Rental
Large Single
Family
Homes
2014
Affordable
Market Rate
Owner
Occupied
Units
2013
Reported
Affordable
Market Rate
Rental Units**
Public
Subsidized
Affordable
Units,
Includes
Section 8
Housing
Units
Senior
Designated/
Senior
Preference
Single
Family
Detached 11,614 47% 4 10,393 1221 2,172 806 58 37 0
Duplex 434 2% 0 146 288
82 0 0
Condos and
townhomes 3505 14% 0 2328 1177 2104 111 0 0
Apartments
* 8,832 36% 318 0 8,832 4,658 957 1018
COOPs 114 <1% 0 114 0
106
Totals 24,067 100% 322 12,981 53% 11,518 47% 2,124 19% 2,910 22% 4,909 45% 994 9% 1,124 5%
% of SF
Homes
% of
Homestead
% of Non-
Homestead
% of Non-
Homestead
% of Total
Housing Units
The percentage of owner occupied (homesteaded) units to rental or non-owner occupied (non-homesteaded) units has shifted from the 60 homesteaded/40 non-
homesteaded ratio of the early 2000's. This is due in part to a change in homestead status of approximately 1,200 condominium and townhouse units since the early
2000s and the addition of new multi-family rental units.
In 2011 the Met Council revised the affordable housing income standard. Rather than using 50% MAI for rental and 80% MAI for ownership, the new affordable definition is
that housing is affordable to households with incomes at or below 60% MAI ($49,400 for a family of four in 2014) paying thirty percent of their income for housing costs
whether renting or owning. The 2014 affordable purchase price is $166,000 or less. For 2013, a monthly rent of $1,111 or less for a 2 bedroom apartment for a family of
four is considered affordable.
**Reported Affordable Market Rate Rental Units based on SLPHA Rental Study and 2013 Maxfield Research Study. 2013 data is the most comprehensive affordable rental data
currently available.
Data source: SLP Community Development, Development Activity in St. Louis Park, SLP Inspections and Assessing. Assessing data is based on tax
classification. Minor nuances can be expected from year to year due to blind, exempt, seasonal rec, disabled, and veteran exclusion classifications.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 11
4. RELATED ISSUES
Foreclosures
Foreclosures are measured by the number of sheriff sales. The number of residential foreclosures
in St. Louis Park and throughout Hennepin County has been declining since 2010 and 2014 is the
lowest number of foreclosures since we began tracking this information. The chart below shows
foreclosures since 2006.
Chart 8: St. Louis Park Residential Foreclosures by Year, 2006 –2014
The trend chart below shows foreclosure by housing type over time.
Chart 9: Residential Foreclosures by Housing Type
*Townhome & DB = Townhome and Double Bungalow/Duplex
76 87
133
92
191
163
122
59 54
0
40
80
120
160
200
240
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number of Sherrif Sales Year
Residential Foreclosures by Year
56
78
93
63
106 109
82
45 39
20 9
30 27
54
40
30
9 14
0
0 10 2
31
8 10 5 1 0
40
80
120
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Number Sherrif Sales Year
Residential Foreclosures by Housing Type
Single Family Detached Condos Townhome & DB
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 12
5. ST. LOUIS PARK HUD FEDERALLY FUNDED HOUSING PROGRAMS: UPDATE
The Housing Authority administers programs that ensure the availability of safe and desirable
housing options in the St. Louis Park community. These programs include the Public Housing
program, Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher rental assistance program, Shelter Plus Care rental
assistance program, Louisiana Court Max 200 Rental Assistance Program, and TRAILS family
self-sufficiency program. The Authority currently serves over 500 eligible, low-income
households through their housing programs.
Public Housing
The HA owns a low-rise apartment building (108 one-bedroom units and 2 two-bedroom
caretaker units) built in 1975, and 37 scattered site single-family units (3 to 5 bedrooms)
acquired and constructed between 1974 and 1996. Although the low-rise building is designated
for general occupancy, priority is given to elderly and disabled. The single-family scattered units
house families with children. The HA also holds the HUD Annual Contributions Contract (ACC)
and maintains a waiting list for 12 two-bedroom Public Housing apartment units located at
Louisiana Court. These units are owned and managed by Project for Pride in Living. The units
and occupancy rates for the Public Housing units are noted in the table.
Public Housing Total
Units
1-BR 2-BR 3-BR 4-BR 5-BR Occupancy
December
31, 2014
Hamilton House 108 108 100%
Scattered Site Single
Family
37 0 0 17 17 3 100%
Louisiana Court,
Metropolitan Housing
Opportunity (MHOP) Units
12
12
100%
Total (bedroom size) 108 12 17 17 3
Total 157 100%
Section 8 Housing Choice Voucher Program
The HA is funded to administer up to 268 Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers. The rent
assistance program provides rent subsidies for low-income individuals and families in privately
owned, existing market rate housing units. The rent subsidy is paid directly to the owner of the
rental property by the HA with funds provided by HUD. The HA offers both tenant-based and
project-based vouchers. Forty vouchers of the HA’s allocation are designated for use in three
privately owned developments (Excelsior & Grand, Vail Place, and Wayside) and are referred to
as project-based vouchers.
Shelter Plus Care (Permanent Rental Assistance)
The Shelter Plus Care Program is designed to link rental assistance with supportive services for
hard-to-reach homeless persons with disabilities (primarily those who are seriously mentally ill
or have chronic problems with alcohol, drugs or both) and their families. Grants are provided to
be used for permanent housing which must be matched with supportive services that are equal in
value to the amount of rental assistance and appropriate to the needs of the population to be
served. St. Louis Park is the grant recipient and we partner with three sponsor organizations that
administer supportive housing programs. The Housing Authority administers 43 units of Shelter
Plus Care assistance, 27 of the units are located in St. Louis Park.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 13
Section 8 Housing Choice Vouchers
(HUD Approved)
Units Utilization YTD
December 31, 2014
Tenant-Based (63 are Port-Outs) 205 88%*
Tenant-Based Port - Ins 58 Avg./month
Project-Based: 40
Wayside Supportive Housing 15 87%
Excelsior & Grand 18 100%
Vail Place 7 100%
Shelter Plus Care Rental Assistance: 27 in SLP
Perspectives Inc. 11 100%
Community Involvement Program (CIP) –
Scattered Site
11
81%
**Wayside Supportive Housing 5 94%
Total 330
Shelter Plus Care Units administered by SLP HA but located outside of St. Louis Park
CIP- Clear Spring Road 8 80%
Project for Pride In Living (PPL)/Camden 8 105%
* The Housing Authority can only financially support 88% of the HUD allocation for vouchers.
**Beginning in 2012, CIP and Perspective grants provide funding for up to five units of Shelter Plus Care
Rental Assistance at Wayside House. Wayside House’s Project Based units were decreased by five units to
fifteen.
Waiting Lists
Assisted Housing Waiting List as of December 31, 2014
Public
Housing
1-BR 2-BR 3-BR 4-BR 5-BR Total
687 342 225 132 46 1442
Section 8 450
Excelsior &
Grand
63
MAX 200 79
2034
Stable HOME Rental Assistance Program
The Stable HOME program provides rent assistance throughout suburban Hennepin County to
up to 45 low income singles and families who were homeless or would otherwise be at risk of
homelessness. This program is funded with federal HOME funds allocated to the county. Single
participants are also participants in the county’s Employment Pays program and families are also
in the Stable Families Initiative program. For both groups the rent assistance participation is
limited to 2 years, during which time they establish good rental histories and relationships and
work with direct assistance from service providers to improve their earnings to the point where
they do not need rent assistance. The program is administered by the St. Louis Park Housing
Authority, but participants are free to choose a rental unit anywhere in suburban Hennepin
County.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 14
6. PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS
Technical, Design, and Conservation Services
Architectural Design Service
This service provides an architectural consultation for residents to assist with brainstorming
remodeling possibilities and to raise the awareness of design possibilities for expansions.
Residents select an approved architect from a pool developed in conjunction with the MN
Chapter of the American Institute of Architects. All homeowners considering renovations are
eligible for this service regardless of income; however, to ensure committed participants,
residents make a $25 co-pay.
Remodeling/Rehab Advisor
The intention of this service is to help residents improve their homes (either maintenance or
value added improvements) by providing technical help before and during the construction
process. All homeowners are eligible for this service regardless of income. Resident surveys
indicated that homeowners valued the service and would recommend it to others. The City
contracts with the Center for Energy and Environment (CEE) for this service.
Home Energy Squad Enhanced Visit
Home Energy Squad Enhanced program is a comprehensive residential energy program designed
to help residents save money and energy and stay comfortable in their homes. The cost per
resident was decreased to $50 per enhanced visit in 2013. The home energy squad consultant
evaluates energy saving opportunities and installs the energy-efficiency materials the homeowner
choses including: door weather stripping, water heater blanket, programmable thermostat,
compact fluorescent light bulbs, high efficiency shower heads and faucet aerators. They will also
perform diagnostic tests including a blower door test to measure the home for air leaks, complete
an insulation inspection, safety check the home’s heating system and water heater and help with
next steps such as finding insulation contractors. All single family and duplex homeowners are
eligible. Renters qualify for the installed visit ($30) without diagnostic tests. The Home Energy
Squad Enhanced visits qualified residents for CEE’s low interest financing and utility rebates
and they also notify residents of the city loan and rebate opportunities.
Annual Home Remodeling Fair
The cities and school district community education departments of St. Louis Park, Hopkins,
Minnetonka, and Golden Valley co-sponsor the annual home remodeling fair. The fair provides
residents an opportunity to attend seminars, talk with vendors and city staff about permits,
zoning, home improvement loans, and environmental issues related to remodeling. The fair is a
self-sustaining event and vendor registration fees cover the costs.
Home Remodeling Tour
The annual tour is designed to meet the housing goal to remodel and expand single family owner
occupied homes. The self-guided tour of six homes provides a showcase of a variety of home
remodeling projects to provide ideas, information, and inspiration to other residents considering
remodeling.
Construction Management Plan
The city recognizes that many households are looking for larger homes. As a result, significant
additions and/or tearing down of existing homes and rebuilding larger homes is becoming more
common. Because St. Louis Park is a fully built community, these major additions and
construction of new homes impacts the surrounding neighbors.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 15
Effective November 15, 2014, major additions (second story additions or additions of 500 square
feet or more), demolitions and new construction will need to comply with a Construction
Management Plan (CMP) per City Code 6-71. Major additions, tear downs and new construction
will be required to send a written neighborhood notification to neighbors within 200 feet of the
property. Demolitions and/or new construction will also require a neighborhood meeting and
signage. Two additions and one demolition fell under the CMP requirement in 2014.
Financial Programs
Discount Loan Program
This program encourages residents to improve their homes by “discounting” the interest rate on
the Minnesota Housing Finance Agency (MN Housing) home improvement loans. Residents
with incomes of $67,200 or less qualify for a greater discount than those with incomes of
$96,500 or less. Eligible improvements include most home improvement projects with the
exception of luxury items such as pools and spas. The City contracts with CEE for loan
administration. Implementation of discounting of MHFA loans began in late 1999 as a pilot
project.
Move – Up Transformation Loan
The purpose of this loan is to encourage residents with incomes at or below 120% of median area
income ($98,750 for a family of four) to expand their homes. The program provides deferred
loans for 25% of the applicant’s home expansion project cost, with a maximum loan of $25,000.
The revolving loan pool will continue to fund future expansions. Two loans were repaid in 2014
totaling $23,957. Three loans were paid off in year 2012 and year 2013 for a total of $111,609.
This loan requires significant upfront work by the residents, from deciding on the scope of the
project to selecting contractors. Loan guidelines are:
• Only residents making significant expansions are eligible. The minimum project cost must
exceed $35,000.
• The maximum loan amount is $25,000.
• The loan has 0% interest with a carrying cost fee of 3% paid by the borrower which covers
the lender’s administrative fee.
Green Remodeling Program & Energy Rebates
The Green Remodeling Program includes the Home Energy Squad Enhanced home visit
program, use of energy rebates, and access to CEE’s Home Energy Loan. The city provides a
match of 50% of gas and electric utility rebates for energy efficient furnaces, water heaters, air
conditioners and qualifying air sealing and insulation. The average rebate in 2014 was $226 for a
total City cost of $37,575. Air sealing and insulation is a new rebate program that began in 2013
and rebates average $500. CEE also provided low interest loans to residents making qualifying
energy improvements. This energy improvement loan has no income restrictions and there is no
cost to the City.
CEE Loans
In addition to the Move Up and discounted loan, CEE offers secured and unsecured loans for
residents of St. Louis Park that do not meet the qualifications for the City loans. These loans
include Energy loans, home improvement/rehab loans, and the flood disaster loans for 2014.
CEE closed 20 loans for St. Louis Park residents in 2014 for a total loan amount of $290,825.55.
Study Session Meeting of March, 2015 (Item No. 6)
Title: 2014 Annual Housing Programs Activity Report Page 16
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Written Report:
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Ottawa Avenue Parking Restrictions (between W. 28th Street and Highway 25)
RECOMMENDED ACTION: None at this time, this item will be brought to City Council on
March 16 for action.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Does the City Council wish to pursue these parking
restrictions?
SUMMARY: The Engineering staff has been working on parking restrictions on Ottawa
Avenue between W. 28th Street and CSAH 25. The requested change in parking is in response to
neighborhood concerns and a request from Metro Transit. The Highway 100 project will
increase traffic and make traveling on Ottawa Avenue difficult when cars are parked on both
sides of the street. The City held public meetings and mailed informational letters to property
owners to obtain comments on the parking changes. The feedback from the neighborhood
residents is supportive of these changes.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a connected and engaged
community.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
Ottawa Parking Restrictions Map
Prepared by: Aaron Wiesen, Civil Engineer
Reviewed by: Debra M. Heiser, Engineering Director
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. ) Page 2
Title: Ottawa Avenue Parking Restrictions (between W. 28th Street and Highway 25)
DISCUSSION
BACKGROUND: As a part of MnDOT’s Highway 100 reconstruction project, there will be a
number of closures that will impact traffic in St. Louis Park. These include various weekend
closures of Highway 100, and the Minnetonka Boulevard Bridge over Highway 100 will be
closed from approximately April to August 2015. These closures will increase traffic on Ottawa
Avenue.
In addition to these closures, Ottawa Avenue between Highway 25 and Minnetonka Boulevard is
being used as a detour route for Metro Transit when the Minnetonka Blvd bridge is closed. With
current traffic volumes, on street parking along both sides of Ottawa Avenue between W. 28th
Street and Highway 25 can narrow the travel lanes on the road making it difficult for vehicles to
pass by each other. Traffic on Ottawa Avenue is expected to increase as a result of the Highway
100 construction and additional future development in the area. In order to ensure that this street
is safe for vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians, and that it has adequate traffic capacity, the City
proposed additional on street parking restrictions.
Staff understands that these restrictions may have impacts on the neighborhood surrounding
Ottawa Avenue. The city held a public meeting on January 14 to discuss proposed parking
restrictions, and made some modifications based on feedback at that meeting. Staff proposes the
following parking restrictions to maximize available parking along Ottawa Avenue. These
restrictions are shown on the attached map:
Ottawa Avenue (between W. 28th St and Minnetonka Boulevard)
• Prohibit parking on the west side of Ottawa Avenue at all times.
Ottawa Avenue (between Minnetonka Boulevard and Hwy 25)
• Prohibit parking on the east side at all times. (between Minnetonka Blvd. and Hwy 25)
• Prohibit parking on the west side at all times (from Minnetonka Blvd. to the first
driveway)
• Restrict parking on the west side during weekday morning and evening rush hour (6-9 am
and 4-6pm M-F). (between the first driveway and the Frontage Road)
• Prohibit parking on the west side at all times (from Frontage Road to Highway 25)
Existing Conditions On street parking spaces
Ottawa Avenue West side East side Total
W. 28th St to Minnetonka Blvd. 44 45 89
Minnetonka Blvd. to Hwy 25 28 18- Restricted 6-9
am and 4-6pm M-F
28
18 restricted
Proposed Conditions On street parking spaces
Ottawa Avenue West side East side Total
W. 28th St to Minnetonka Blvd. 0 45 45
Minnetonka Blvd. to Hwy 25 28- Restricted 6-9
am and 4-6pm M-F
0 28 restricted
")25
")5
")25
28TH
29TH
OTTAWANATCHEZ31ST
MINNETONKAQUENTIN
RALEIGHLYNNPRINCETONMONTE
RE
Y
SERVIC
E
D
R
HI
G
H
W
A
Y
7MONTEREY
LYNNMONTEREYRALEIGHSERVI
C
E
D
R
HI
G
H
W
A
Y
7
5005
4810
4725
4925
4500
2927
4521
4400
30303115 294045504550
45504550
45504550
45504550
4550
4550
4550
4550
2800
4835
4625
4625
4625
4625
46014701 301630003000300030003000300030003000300047114509 44212831 44234800
3030
4516451645162837
2855
2825
460048202848 284048014815460446143046
2840
4700471647242950
2920
50242825
30062939
2821
451728393100
2843
4605
2835
2815
2844
29112905
2830
2821461546252820
48153014
311547002810 450345012809
2925 45112810
2928
3052 45014525
2847
2841
50203020
2920
2926
3036
2835
2930
2837 28302921
3042
3200
2900
2909
2848
47082948
2944
48012947
2945
3108
2820
292547174723481150332853
2829
3020
3024
29005025
2908
2815
2809
2829
2901
2931
2800
28214901
2936
2811
2915
28162817
2847
503250242841
2817
2823
2901
290729064907491349192801
3050
2856 2859
462446003045
3041
3037
3033
3017
3029
3025
3021
3044
2900
2916
2856
2850
2844
2838
2832
2826
2820
2816
2810
2912
2804
2846
2834
2850
28302831
2820
2837
2840
2827
2821
2826
46204614461046042937
29302933
29242929
2925
2919
2912
2934
2905
2934
29282925
2917
2904
2924
2931
2921
2914
2909
2913
2910
2920
29402937
3013
3040
2912
2908
2940
2
9
0
0
2909
2913
2917
2921
2925
2929
2935
2937
3017
3025
3033
3041 3034
3100
3104
2905
30483049
2901
3021
3029
3037 3028
3045 3044
3101
3105
3109
2936
2933
2929
2925 2924
29202921
2917 2916
2913
2909
2905
2901
3028
3044
3041
3049
3053
3032
3036
3040
3024
3009290029042914291829082924Proposed Ottawa Avenue Parking Restrictions(28th St. to Hwy. 25)
Legend
No Parking Anytime
No Parking M-F (6-9 am and 4-6 pm)
Parcels
0 270 540 810 1,080
Feet
Ë
Study Sesssion Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 7)
Title: Ottawa Avenue Parking Restrictions (between W. 28th Street and Highway 25)Page 3
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Written Report: 8
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Minnesota State Residential Code Update
RECOMMENDED ACTION: This report is intended to advise Council of recent updates made
by the State to the Minnesota State Residential Code. No action required unless Council requests
further discussion.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Not applicable.
SUMMARY: The State of Minnesota recently adopted the 2015 Minnesota Residential Code
and Residential Energy Code. Since the last code adoption in 2007, some of the codes have
changed significantly. This report is to keep the council informed and updated with noteworthy
changes to the code.
State Construction Codes are generally based on national model codes and adopted through the
Rules process. There are many “codes” within the State Construction Code, including Building,
Plumbing, Mechanical, Accessibility, and Electrical. Once adopted by the State, they
automatically become effective within the city.
The latest residential codes have many new provisions which have been controversial and may
add complexity and costs to contractors and ultimately homeowners. A filing by the Builders
Association of the Twin Cities to delay enforcement of theses codes was recently denied by the
Minnesota Court of Appeals. Although an appeal has been filed, cities have been directed by the
Department of Labor and Industry to administer the codes as adopted.
A discussion of four significant changes is included with this report. Staff has prepared the
attached handout of notable changes for distribution to the community. Simplified handouts for
homeowners on more common remodeling projects are being upgraded to also reflect these
changes.
FINANCIAL OR BUDGET CONSIDERATION: Not applicable
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to providing a well maintained and
diverse housing stock.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
Notable Changes in MN State Residential Building Code
Prepared by: David Skallet, Chief Building Official
Reviewed by: Brian Hoffman, Director of Inspections
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8) Page 2
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update
DISCUSSION
Staff has highlighted the following four code changes that potentially may lead to questions
or concerns by residents:
• Fire Sprinkler Systems –Sprinkler systems have been installed in commercial buildings
for years and are now required in new single family home construction of at least 4,500
square feet of combined floor area. The provision to require the installation of sprinklers
in all new/large homes was voted into the model International Residential Code due to
increased use of fast burning/light wood framing and the larger size of homes. These
factors lead to challenges in firefighting and the possibility of more fatalities. As a
compromise to the homebuilders, Minnesota amended the requirement to only apply this
if the total floor area of the home exceeds 4,500 square feet. The cost may be reasonable
as plumbing contractors can install integrated fire protection using PEX piping as part of
the domestic water supply system.
• Energy Code Requirements - Additional requirements will make residential homes more
energy efficient. These new requirements apply to both new construction and
additions/alterations of residential homes. There is no minimum square footage
requirement for these provisions. Some of the highlighted changes are the designation of
insulation use in ceilings, walls, floors, and basement walls; blower door tests that
determine leakage of air in the building that cannot exceed 5 air changes per hour.
• Ceiling Heights - New requirements for 6’4” of ceiling height in front of bathroom
fixtures apply to existing buildings. A shower, or tub equipped with a showerhead, also
needs to have a minimum ceiling height of 6’4” for an area of 30” by 30” above the wall
where the showerhead is placed. This may create challenges in basement and second
floor expansions in many houses. Staff will be working with contractors and homeowners
on layout options in these cases.
• Decks - New lateral load connections are required that will extend into the existing floor
joist structure at two locations for both new and existing homes when installing a
connected deck. While relatively easy in new construction when floors and ceilings are
open, compliance may be very difficult for an existing home. Alternatives may include
keeping decks structurally independent from the house.
NOTABLE CHANGES IN MN STATE RESIDENTIAL BUILDING CODE
NOTICE: THE FOLLOWING IS PROVIDED AS A COURTESY AND NO GUARANTEES ARE
MADE AS TO THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE CONTENTS. THE NUMBER
OF AMENDMENTS AND THE BUILT IN CONFUSION IN THE TEXT IS UNPRECEDENTED.
BECASUES OF THE NUMBER OF AMENDMENTS THIS MEMO IS OF NECESSITY
ABREVIATED. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE IS A RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PERMIT
APPLICANT. CONTACT US FOR CLARIFICATION OR IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS.
CHANGES IN CHAPTER 1300 ADMINISTRATION
MN Rules 1300.0110 Permits Required, Subp. 4 Work exempt from permits – The size where permits
are required for tool and storage sheds and sim ilar structures has been increased to 200 square feet from
120 square feet. A deck not m ore than 30 inches above grade and not attached to a structure with a frost
foundation is still exem pt from permits.
MN Rules 1300.0120 Perm its, Subp. 13 Inform ation and placement of permit – This is new text in the
code based on existing Minnesota Statutes, section 15.41, that requires that the permit specify the nam e
and address of the applicant and the general contractor if one exists. It also m ore clearly directs that all
construction permits must be posted in a conspicuous and accessible place at the premises or site of
construction.
MN Rules 1300.0130 Construction Documents, Subp. 2 Information on construction documents –
this is less of a code change and m ore of a policy change. This section of the code requires the plans to be
of sufficient clarity to indicate the location, nature, and extent of the work proposed and show in detail
that it will conform to the code… Some of the plans we receive have num erous alternates, often with many
crossed out, that make determining what is or is not being built difficult to determine. The plans fail to pass
the clarity test. Furthermore, this results in the plans becoming m ore voluminous which creates two
additional problems. First, plans with num erous additional and unnecessary pages make use of the plans in
the field by field inspection staff much m ore cumbersom e. Second, emergency services scans these plans
and the additional pages add significantly to the cost unless staff time is used to cull the unnecessary
inform ation. Again this comes with a cost. W e ask your cooperation in reducing or eliminating any
unnecessary details on the plans submitted to that which is largely specific to that project.
MN Rules 1300.0130 Construction Documents, Subp. 6 Approval of construction documents –
Deficiencies identified on plans prepared by a design professional licensed in Minnesota must be
communicated to such design professional in writing by the building official and m ay not be m arked on the
plans. Changes to plans as a result may be made by addendum or revised plans. Any changes made to
the approved plans once a permit is issued must be made prior to doing the work.
MN Rules 1300.0160 Fees, Subp. 6 Plan review of similar plans – The types of variations in plans that
can occur and still be considered a sim ilar plan have been reduced. Plans considered to be sim ilar must
have (a) the same physical dimensions and (b) the same structural design. Differing foundation materials,
roof truss design, and foundation configurations (walkout, lookout, and full basements) are permitted if
addressed in the master plan. Adoption of the new code requires that any application for consideration of
plans being sim ilar must be refiled. If you take advantage of this section, you may wish to contact Building
Department Staff to discuss your plans to determine if they meet the new rules.
MN Rules 1300.0210 Inspections Subp. 6 Required Inspections – Text has been added to make
inspections of fire sprinklers and alarms mandatory. Depending on the system used, those inspections
may be made by either Fire Department or Building Department staff.
CHANGES IN CHAPTER 1303 MINNESOTA RULES
MN Rules 1303.1600 Footing Depth for Frost Protection, Subp. 2, Soil under slab on grade
construction for buildings – This section has been amended by reducing the size of a garage that can be
constructed on a slab from 3000 square feet to 1000 square feet. While no studies were undertaken, there
were assum ptions made in the SONAR that there aren’t many of the larger buildings built in Minnesota and
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 3
that they are mostly pole structures anyway. It is also pointed out in the SONAR that plans for garages
exceeding 1000 square feet must be prepared by a licensed design professional.
MN Rules 1303.2200 Simplified Wind Loads, Subp. 2, Simplified design wind pressures – The
Horizontal and Vertical Pressure and the Overhang Pressure have been significantly increased. The
SONAR states that “the cost of designing simple structures for wind loads is reduced”.
MN Rules 1303.2400, Subp. 1 Radon applicability – The entire chapter on radon is revised so you will
want to review these new amendments carefully. In this subpart, the rules are expanded to cover all
single- and two-family dwellings, townhouses, apartment buildings, condominiums and mixed occupancy
buildings that include residences. They apply regardless of the number of stories that exist in the building.
The rules will only require a passive system (no fan) in new construction. But, active systems are now
regulated when installed in either new or existing dwellings.
MN Rules 1303.2400, Subp. 2 Radon Design features – This section spells out that a passive radon
reduction system must be provided for any residential use if there is a basement slab in contact with earth,
when any crawl space occurs, when there is a wood foundation floor, or for slab on grade construction.
Ventilated crawl spaces, hotels, and m otels are exempt.
MN Rules 1303.2402 Requirements for Passive Radon Control Systems – Some of the highlights of
the new rules are:
• While the rules apply to townhouses, the state has opined that the new rules do not require a separate
system per dwelling unit. Therefore only one “system” will be required. But, remember that MR
1303.2402, subpart 5, B, requires that each divided under slab area have a radon control system but all
of those systems may be connected with horizontal vents to a single vertical vent.
• The term “sealed” is used throughout the radon rules. MR 1303.2401, subpart 2, defines “sealed” as
“means to prevent the movement of air or airborne gases through a floor, wall, or ceiling assembly”. As
you read through the radon rules and see how the term is applied you may begin to wonder if DLI really
meant “sealed” when they used the term “sealed”. Does “sealed” = caulking = weather stripping =
poly?
• A new prohibition of the installation of the power source for a future fan in any conditioned space,
basement or crawl space (MR 1303.2402, subpart 6).
• All joints, cracks or penetrations in concrete floors must be sealed (MR 1303.2402, subpart 4, B).
Where wood floors are used, only penetrations for pipes or wires that penetrate the soil gas mem brane
and the floor need be sealed (MR 1303.2402, subpart 4, A).
• Vents can now be installed in unconditioned space including exterior locations as long as the vent is
insulated with insulation having a minimum of R-4 (MR 13032402, subpart 5, A). The insulation
requirement also applies to that portion of the vent extending through an attic. Note: Although the
radon rules permit a radon duct to be installed through a garage, the Minnesota Residential Code
requires that these penetrations be treated as required in R302.11, item 4.
• Exterior vents must be m aintained a minimum of ten feet from any door or window opening into the
dwelling including the door between the dwelling and the garage (MR 1303.2402, subpart 5, A). Note:
The model code says that the “vent termination” must be ten feet from any window or door opening.
The Minnesota rule says the vent itself must be ten feet from a door or window opening. We don’t know
if this is an error or not.
• Sum ps may be used as the “termination point”
for radon vents as long as the water discharge
from the sump has “a backflow preventer
installed” (MR 1303.2402, subpart 4, E). Note:
The model code says that a sump can be used
as the suction point, not termination point for
radon vents. But the Minnesota rule says you
can route the radon vent into a sum p.
• When a “T” fitting is used, the connections must
be “tight fitting” (MR 1303.2402, subpart 3).
• Vent pipes must be ABS or PVC pipe and must
be prim ed and glued at all fittings (MR
1303.2402, subpart 5, A).
• Vent pipes must extend at least 12 inches
above the roof (MR 1303.2402, subpart 5, A)
unless terminated in a sump (MR 1303.2402,
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 4
subpart 4, E).
• Vent pipes must be identified on each story and
in attics and crawl spaces. The label must read “ Rado n Gas Vent System ” (MR 1303.2402, subpart
5, E). Because the Minnes ota rules use different terminology than is found in the IRC (which uses
“Radon Reduction System”) and what you may have been taught at state sponsored seminars, you will
not be able to use labeling that might be applicable in the rest of the country but will need to order
special labels to meet the Minnesota requirements. DLI must want it enforced or otherwise they
wouldn’t have put it into the code. The SONAR indicated that plumbers didn’t understand what “Radon
Reduction System” meant and could result in plumbing being hooked up to the radon vent. Because
these vents must be insulated when they go through non-conditioned areas, the assum ption is that the
label may be covered by the insulation.
• If you are dealing with a residential occupancy other than a single-family dwelling, a two-family
dwelling, or a townhouse that might involve a non-residential use such as a garage, offices, or memory
care, you will want to arrange a meeting with us because it isn’t clear what the rules are.
MN Rules 1303.2403 Requirements for Active Radon Control Systems – This is a new application of the
rules for radon systems and covers those situations where a fan will be installed. These installations were
not previously regulated. The first significant change is that these requirements apply to all buildings, not
just new dwellings (MR1303.2400, subpart1). Previously, existing buildings were out of the scope of the
requirements. The amendment provides specs for the radon fan. It requires an audible alarm or
manom eter to indicate if the fan is not operating. Vents and the fan are permitted to be located on the
exterior of the dwelling or in a garage as well as the attic. Vents located in unconditioned locations must be
insulated with a minimum of R-4 insulation. Fans located in attics at other than the attic access must be
provided with a catwalk or floor that provides access to the fan location. Two rules apply here. The first is a
mechanical code requirement that requires access to any appliance. DLI has indicated that they will delete
that requirement to eliminate the need for a catwalk. However, DLI has added a provision in the energy
code that requires an access be provided to any device without the need to compress or displace attic
insulation. It appears that the catwalk requirement will apply one way or another. There is no limit to the
length of a horizontal run so you may wish to consider locating the roof penetration of a radon vent adjacent
an attic scuttle or route the vent through a garage, on the exterior of the dwelling, or terminate it in a
sum p. A switch-controlled light is required to be installed near the fan regardless the location of the fan
(MR1303.2403, C). The light requirement is only applicable for active systems. If you are opting for an
active system in a new home, you should note that prominently on your plans so they can be
revi ewed accordingly.
CHANGES IN CHAPTER 1322 MINNESOTA RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE
There are significant changes to the Minnesota Residential Energy Code that are applicable to the building
thermal envelope, foundation systems, electrical systems, mechanical systems, and plumbing systems. The
best advice is to obtain copies of the 2012 International Energy Conservation Code and the state
amendments and review them thoroughly. Seminars on the topic should be sought out. Notification to
plumbing, electrical, mechanical, insulation, and foundation subcontractors is necessary.
A few of the high points are:
• Chapter 1322 applies to all detached one- and two-family dwellings, townhouses, and all IBC
occupancies of R-2, R-3, and R-4 three stories in height or less above grade plane.
• An existing door, when replaced, separating conditioned from unconditioned space does not require
the installation of a vestibule or revolving door provided that no existing vestibules may be removed
(MR 1322.0100, subpart 3, exception 6).
• No requirements for basements and crawl spaces of homes built prior to June 1, 2009, continues
(MR1322.0100, subpart 3, exception 9).
• Plan submittal inform ation required (MR1322.0103):
o Insulation materials and their R-values
o Fenestration U-factors and SHGC’s (while required to be provided, there are no regulations for SHGC’s (solar heat gain coefficients)).
o Mechanical system design criteria
o Mechanical and service water heating system and equipment types, sizes and efficiencies
o Equipment system controls
o Fan m otor horsepower and controls
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 5
o Duct sealing and location and insulation on ducts and pipes o Lighting fixture schedule with wattage and control narrative
o Air sealing details
• Building certificate info is expanded and must be posted near the electrical distribution panel (R401.3).
• More restrictive building therm al envelope requirements (Table R402.1.1):
Southern Minnesota Northern Minnesota
Ceiling – R-49
Wood frame wall – R-20, 13+5
Floor – R-30
Basement wall – R-15
Slab – R10 to depth of 3.5’
Fenestration U-factor - .32
Ceiling – R-49
Wood frame wall – R-21
Floor – R-38
Basement wall – R-15
Slab – R10 to depth of 5’
Fenestration U-factor - .32
• Rim joists are required to be insulated and provided with an air barrier by Table R402.4.1.1 but there is
no minimum R-value stated in the rules.
• 6-inch energy heel on roof/ceiling assemblies (Table R402.1.1, footnote j).
• The R-49 ceiling requirement can be reduced to R-38 if the uncompressed R-38 insulation extends
over the wall top plate at the eaves (R402.2.1).
• The following must be “sealed” and/or insulated (Table R402.4.1.1):
o Access openings, drop down stair or knee wall doors to unconditioned space must be sealed.
o The space between window/door jam bs and framing shall be sealed. o Corners and headers shall be insulated and the junction of the foundation and sill plate shall be sealed.
o The junction of the top plate and top of exterior walls shall be sealed.
o Knee walls shall be sealed.
o Air sealing shall be provided between the garage and conditioned spaces.
o Recessed light fixtures installed in the building therm al envelope shall be air tight, IC rated, and
sealed to the drywall.
o When soffits occur, air barriers must align with the insulation and not the soffit.
• Insulation installers must provide a certification of insulation info posted conspicuously on the job site,
not in the attic (R303.1.1 and R303.1.1.1).
• Any insulation that has a manufacturer’s R-value mark must be installed so the mark is observable
(R303.1.2).
• Foundation waterproofing to be installed across the top of the foundation wall and down exterior to top
of footing (R402.1.1 (1)).
• Prescriptive requirements for the following:
o Exterior draining foundation insulation (R402.1.1.2).
o Exterior nondraining foundation insulation (R402.1.1.3)
Requires a 6-mil poly “slip sheet” over the insulation. “slip sheet” is not explained.
• Exterior exposed insulation to be protected (R402.1.1 (2).
• Interior foundation insulation requirements:
o Masonry foundations must be drained through the masonry core to an interior drainage system
(R402.1.1.4 (1)).
o Frame walls cannot be in contact with foundation wall (R402.1.4 (2)).
o Interior air barrier requirements apply (R402.1.4 (3)).
• Prescriptive requirements for interior foundation insulation:
o Rigid interior foam insulation (R402.1.5).
All edges of rigid foam must be “sealed” including interior joints (R402.1.5).
o Spray-applied interior foam insulation (R402.1.6).
o Fiberglass batt insulation (R402.1.7).
Can only be used when the above grade foundation wall height does not exceed 1.5 feet
(R402.1.7 (1)).
Top and bottom plates must be “air sealed” to the basement floor and the foundation wall
(R402.1.7 (2)).
Vapor retarder required on the warm side of the wall (R402.1.7 (3)).
• Walls of conditioned basements must be insulated full height (R402.2.8).
• Access doors to unconditioned spaces to be weatherstripped and insulated to level of penetrated
assembly (R402.1.4).
• Access (cat walk) to be provided to any attic equipment to prevent damaging or com pressing insulation
(R402.1.4).
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 6
• Replacement windows must have a maximum U-factor of .32 (R402.3.6).
• Special rules for recess lighting installed in the building therm al envelope (R404.1).
• Programmable thermostat required (R403.1.1).
• Thermostats must be initially programm ed with heating set no higher than 70 degrees and cooling set
no lower than 78 degrees (R403.1.1).
• Building framing cavities may not be used for ducts or plenums (R403.2.3).
• Prescriptive duct insulation requirements including vapor retarders when not located in conditioned
space (Table R403.2.1).
• Balanced mechanical ventilation system required (R403.5).
• Ducts that are not completely located within the building therm al envelope must be leak tested
(R403.2.2).
• Both a continuous and total mechanical ventilation requirement applies (R403.5).
• Significantly expanded rules on mechanical systems (R403).
• Documentation of proper operation and maintenance of mechanical ventilation systems must be
provided in a conspicuous and readily accessible location (R403.5.16 and R303.3).
• Testing for air leakage shall be accomplished via a blower door test and limited to three air changes
per hour (R402.4.1.2)
• All ventilation intake and exhaust outlets must have permanent, weather resistant identification labels
on the building exterior (R403.5.15).
• All ducts, air handlers, and filter boxes must be sealed (R403.2.2).
• Hot water pipe insulation required (R-3):
o Piping from water heater to kitchen
o Piping located outside conditioned space
o Piping from the water heater to a distribution manifold
o Piping under a floor slab o ½” pipe runs longer than 20 feet o ¾” pipe runs longer than 10 feet
o Includes PEX piping
• Heated pools must be provided with a vapor-retardant cover unless over 70 percent of the energy for
heating is solar derived (R403.9.3).
• At least 75% of permanently installed lighting fixtures must have high-efficacy lamps (R404.1). High
efficacy lam ps are defined as: Compact fluorescent lamps, T-8 or smaller diam eter linear fluorescent
lamps, or lam ps with a minimum efficacy of:
o 60 lumens per watt for lam ps over 40 watts
o 50 lumens per watt for lamps over 15 watts to 40 watts
o 40 lumens per watt for lamps 15 watts or less.
CHANGES IN CHAPTER 1309 MINNESOTA RESIDENTIAL CODE
MN Rules 1309.0010 Adoption of the International Residential Code by Reference, Subp. 2
Mandatory Chapters – This section adopts the 2012 International Residential Code and makes section
P2904 of the IRC mandatory. P2904 is located in Chapter 29. Chapter 29 is in the plumbing code section
of the IRC and P2904 provides one m ethod of complying with fire sprinkler requirements. Subp. 3 of this
subpart, under item D, then deletes Chapters 29 through 33 entirely and replaces them with the MN
Plumbing Code. The legal impacts of adopting a code section and then deleting in its entirety the chapter
in which it exists is unclear. There are no sprinkler requirements in the Minnesota Plumbing Code. This
may cause some confusion and a lack of uniformity throughout the state. The use of P2904 will also be
problematic because it references other sections of Chapter 29 that are not adopted and are not found in
the ICC published MN Residential Code. You will want to proceed cautiously if you use P2904.
MN Rules 1309.0010 Adoption of the International Residential Code by Reference, Subp. 2
Definitions – DLI added a definition for “townhouse” that identifies a townhouse as having 2 or more
dwelling units. The existing definition in the IRC that identified townhouses as having 3 or more units was
not deleted. Under one definition two attached dwellings would require sprinklers. Under the other the y
would not be required. There are other conflicts as well. Designers should take note of the discrepancy.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 7
This subdivision also creates a new definition for “crawl space” and defines a crawl space as having a
ceiling height of less than 6 feet 4 inches. The implications of this definition will be explained later.
There is also a new definition for the term “floor area” that the SONAR says is necessary to appropriately
apply the new sprinkler requirements. The definition includes the term “exterior wall” which is defined in the
IRC as being an above grade wall. This definition clearly excludes most basements. In the sprinkler
adoption text some commentary language is added that states floor area includes basements. But there are
varying ceiling height requirements for basements that again could allow exclusion of some underfloor
areas. You can expect some confusion and lack of uniformity based on which text you read and how it is
applied.
MN Rules 1309.0010, subpart 4 – This amendment repeals the section of the Minnesota Residential Code
that exem pted all work from seismic requirements. So, seismic rules are now applicable in Minnesota. This
is a puzzling amendment and here is why.
From the SONAR:
“By repealing Minnesota Rules 1309.0010, subpart 4, Minnesota is subject to the seismic
provisions of the IRC… The Structural Advisory Committee recommended that the seismic
provisions in the 2012 IRC model code document should apply in Minnesota because seismic
provisions are necessary for practical applications of all code provisions in the IRC. Adopting the
2012 IRC model code seismic provisions will impact current construction practices that were
previously exempt from addressing IRC model code seismic concerns…. Adopting the 2012 IRC
seismic provisions and allowing Minnesota code users to apply the least restrictive Seismic Design
Category “A” provisions will have little, if any, effect on current residential construction practices
because those provisions are so basic as applied to residential construction that they do not require
the additional expenditure of construction resources. Moreover, as noted by the Structural
Advisory Committee, adoption of the 2012 IRC seismic provisions will encourage uniform
enforcement and further practical application of all the IRC code provisions.
Adoption of the 2012 IRC seismic provisions in this rulemaking will result in little to no cost
increase for residential builders and designers. This amendment clarifies application of seismic
code provisions and, when properly applied, will effectively maintain the status quo regarding
residential construction practices in Minnesota.”
So the seismic requirements are necessary and will impact work previously exem pt but since they are
minimum standards they do not require additional expenditures and the adoption will result in little to no
cost and the proposal clarifies the seismic provisions and if properly applied will change nothing!
Now one would think if it were appropriate to engage the seismic requirements in the residential code that it
would certainly be appropriate in the building code with taller and larger buildings and occupancies that put
occupants at greater risk. However, seismic requirements remain deleted in the proposed adoption of the
2012 IBC!
MN Rules 1309.0301 Design Criteria, Subp. 2 Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria – The
significance of this amendment is that it includes an ice barrier underlayment requirement for roofing. This
was inadvertently omitted by DLI in the 2007 Residential Code. DLI stated in the SONAR that this created
“a code tracking problem” and as a result some building departments didn’t enforce the non-existent rule.
This amendment will make what is comm on practice a legal requirement again.
MN Rules 1309.0302 Fire-resistant construction, Subp. 1 – This amendment contains num erous
revisions to the fire resistant construction requirements of the code.
There is an exception that allows a dwellings and townhouses to be built closer to a property line without
using fire resistant construction if the dwelling has a sprinkler system in compliance with IRC section
P2904. P2904 is the section referenced earlier that was adopted and then the entire chapter in which the
section was located was deleted. So the validity of the exception is questionable. This code section also
doesn’t permit the use of NFPA 13D which is permitted in other code sections. Again it is not known if this
was intentional or an oversight.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 8
This amendment permits a comm on 1-hour wall to separate individual townhouse units if they do not
contain plumbing or mechanical equipment, ducts or vents in the cavity of the comm on wall. This applies
to townhouses with or without sprinklers. A later amendment will exclude the requirements for structural
independence if this 1-hour wall is used. Some confusion may occur with this section when applied to
existing townhouses. The national model code language allowed the use of a 1-h our fire wall only when
the townhouses had fire sprinkler systems. That sprinkler requirement didn’t make it into the Minnesota
amendment. It is unknown if this was an oversight or intentional.
This section also amends the alternate to parapet requirements for townhouses by prohibiting openings or
penetrations of roofs when those openings or penetrations are within 4 feet of the comm on walls. The rule
doesn’t apply when there is an elevation difference of m ore than 30 inches for adjacent roofs.
MN Rules 1309.0302 Fire-resistant construction, Subp. 1 and 2 - The Sound Transmission
requirements for townhouses and two-family dwellings are also found in this section. Because this section
deals with fire-resistant construction it is important that the sound transmission requirements not be
overlooked.
MN Rules 1309.0305 Ceiling Height – This amendment creates a myriad of requirements for ceiling
heights with different requirements for “new” buildings versus “existing” buildings.
First, it specifies a minimum ceiling height of 7 feet in all new dwellings including basements and
bathrooms.
Contrary to the definition for “ceiling height” in the IRC which defines ceiling height being from "finished
floor to finished ceiling, this state amendment requires that the height shall be measured from the “floor to
the lowest projection from the ceiling”, such as a light fixture, duct, beam or girder. Depending on who
reads what, you may find some confusion over this text. Also, it is important to note that the state’s
method of measuring ceiling heights, by rule, only applies to “new buildings”, whatever that means, and
the IRC definition will apply to “existing buildings” which are defined in the code.
A second part of this rule allows basements in new dwellings to have a ceiling height of 6’8” if the
basement is only used for storage and service of the building. There is an exception that allows
beams, girders, and ducts to project within 6’4” of the floor. This exception doesn’t apply to basements
containing habitable rooms, bathrooms, hallways, and laundry rooms so no projections below 7 feet are
permitted in new basements with habitable rooms. Earlier it was pointed out that there is a new definition
for the term “crawl space” which is an underfloor area with ceiling height of less than 6’4”. Basements with
non-habitable space must have a ceiling height of at least 6’8”. Rooms or areas with a ceiling height
between 6’4” and 6’8” are not defined for new dwellings but will come into play when alterations are made
of existing dwellings.
There is an exception that allows bathrooms on any floor in new dwellings to have a ceiling height of 6’8”
but only in front of water closets (toilets), bidets, or sinks, not in the entire bathroom where 7’ is required.
And then the amendment specifies that the ceiling height above fixtures can be of a height such “that the
fixture is capable of being used for its intended purpose”.
The last part of this amendment addresses alterations to “existing” building basements.
This portion of the amendment permits ceiling heights not less than 6’4” for alterations to existing
basements. Because definitions state that any building for which a legal building permit has been issued is
considered an “existing building”, it is a bit unclear as to when this amendment is applicable.
The amendment goes on to address what are called bathroom plumbing fixture clearances that permits
the space in front of a water closet, bidet, or sink to have a ceiling height 6’4” but only for basement
bathrooms. Because existing basements are permitted to have a ceiling height of 6’4” as stated in the
previous paragraph, the added text for bathrooms may be confusing because it is.
The last part of this amendment permits alterations to existing stairs to have a minimum headroom of 6’4”.
Also be aware that there are stair headroom requirements in the section titled “Stairways”.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 9
As an added note, all of the ceiling height amendments apply to either “new buildings”, “bathrooms in new
buildings”, “basements in new buildings”, “existing basements”, and bathroom plumbing fixtures in “existing
basements”. There are no ceiling height rules for alterations of existing dwellings above the basement or
for additions to existing dwellings including basements under these additions.
If you believe that ceiling heights might be an issue for you when finishing a basement in a new hom e, you
can take advantage of lower requirements in existing dwellings by taking out the building permit for a
finished basement separate from the main dwelling and in so doing the 6’4” ceiling height would be
applicable. Because of the definitions in the code, one could even argue that a basement in a new home is
eligible for the 6’4” ceiling height but you would want to check with the building department if you face that
situation.
MN Rules 1309.0309, Garages and Carports, Subp. 3 Automatic Garage Door Opening Systems –
This editorial amendment reiterates that installation, ser vice or repair of autom atic garage door opening
systems is regulated and, by rule, a permit would be required for this work.
MN Rules 1309.0309, Garages and Carports, Subp. 4 Fire Sprinklers – This amendment requires
attached garages of two-family dwellings and townhouses and single family dwellings with a floor area of
4500 square feet or m ore to have sprinkler protection in accordance with the code. Sprinkler requirements
are located in two places in the code so do not overlook this language. Because both of the referenced
standards for residential sprinklers, NFPA 13d and P2904, do not require sprinklers in garages, there will
be some confusion over the legitimacy of the garage sprinkler requirement based on the codes rules of
interpretation.
MN Rules 1309.0310 Emergency Escape and Rescue Openings – This amendment applies to new and
existing dwellings and allows em ergency escape and rescue openings to be excluded only in a basement if
the entire dwelling has sprinkler protection in accordance with P2904 or NFPA 13D. You will be able to use
this exception if you are building a home exceeding the 4500 square foot area limitation that requires fire
sprinklers. While the cost effectiveness of this may be questionable for existing homes, this exception
doesn’t require sprinkler protection of garages and covered porches and decks when applied to existing
dwellings.
Another exception in this section applies to basements and basement bedrooms constructed prior to August
1, 2008, which undergo an alteration or repair. That exception eliminates the requirement for emergency
escape and rescue openings if the entire basement, stairs to the level of exit discharge, and all areas open
to the means of egress are protected by a sprinkler system in accordance with P2904 or NFPA
13D. T he purpose of this amendment is a bit unclear because it is very likely that those hom es either
already have em ergency escape or rescue openings or are not required to have one based on the work.
Furtherm ore, it appears that in the case of a one-story dwelling the entire dwelling would require sprinklers
under this amendment. Only the second floor of a two story would be exem pt. The August 1, 2008, date is
the date when the Minnesota Building Code was recognized as the standard of construction in Minnesota.
The cost effectiveness should be considered.
This rule also amends a portion of the egress window opening requirements as they pertain to windows
that must meet fall protection requirements. Window opening devices that required special knowledge to
operate were previously noncompliant. That requirement has been deleted.
If you are constructing or remodeling a home for someone who will be doing foster care or day care that is
licensed or registered by the state, you need to be aware that there are rules that apply to these uses that
don’t apply to dwellings. The rule requires egress openings in “rooms used for foster or day care licensed
or registered by the state of Minnesota”. Does this mean all rooms? Does it mean the kitchen if children
use the kitchen or the bathroom? You will want to discuss this with the Building Department if you have a
client with those plans.
The rules for replacement of existing egress windows is largely unchanged.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 10
MN Rules 1309.0311 Means of Egress, Subp. 1, Floor elevations at exterior doors – This amendment
provides some relief from the need for landings on the exterior side of doors other than the main entrance
door. First, it permits landings to be up to 7 ¾” below the threshold on either side of a door. Then it
excludes exterior landings completely if the height from grade to the interior floor surface is less than 30
inches. While it seems to be a quirky exception, there may be some opportunity to use this at patio door
locations. Apparently the elevation of the interior floor impacts the safety or usability of the exterior
stairs/landing.
MN Rules 1309.0311 Means of Egress, Subp. 2 – This amendment provides some relief from complying
with stair requirements including those serving attics and crawl spaces. This amendment would allow ships
ladders and folding stairs to those areas. The interesting part of the amendment is that it deletes all of the
model code language regulating stairway widths. DLI has corrected this oversight but not before the printing
of new code books occurred. Expect some confusion over this issue.
MN Rules 1309.0311 Means of Egress, Subp. 3, Headroom – Headroom requirements for stairs remains
at 6’8”. An exception has been added that states “The minimum headroom for existing buildings shall be in
accordance with section R305.2.2”. R305.2.2 states “Alterations to existing basement stairways shall have
a minimum headroom in all parts of the stairway not less than 6 feet 4 inches…” Given that stairs in
existing buildings are infrequently altered, it is not clear what this amendment is intended to accomplish or
what problem it was intended to solve.
MN Rules 1309.0312 Window Fall Protection, Subp. 2 – Window fall protection requirements will apply to
all new dwellings, additions, and installation of windows not considered a replacement. You should read the
rule carefully. Generally, it will apply to 2nd story windows that have sill heights less than 36 inches
from the floor. Exceptions apply to windows that aren’t openable, won’t allow a 4 inch diam eter sphere to
pass through an opening or have appropriate window fall prevention devices. A question that has been
raised relates to second floor windows that open onto a porch roof. The rule applies when “the lowest part
of the opening of an operable window is located m ore than 72 inches above the finished grade or surface
below”. A porch roof is a surface. You may find differing interpretations of this rule. The rule does have an
exception for “replacement windows”. DLI did not provide a definition as to what they consider a
replacement window. T he code does have a section on “replacement windows” that is applicable to egress
windows. It is unclear if those are the windows that they are intending to exem pt or if their view is broader.
MN Rules 1309.0313 Fire Sprinkler Systems - This amendment will require fire sprinklers complying with
P2904 or NFPA 13D for attached dwellings meeting the definition of “ t o w n h o u se” , all two family
dwellings, and all single family dwellings exceeding 4500 square feet in area. There are a number of
issues to consider here. If you have a dwelling with a “mother-in-law” or sim ilar apartment, the building
might need a sprinkler system regardless of area. It becom es an interpretation issue regarding whether a
second dwelling unit exists. This applies retroactively when a second dwelling unit is installed in an existing
dwelling. If you are building row type dwellings that do not meet the definition of “townhouse”, you
should contact the Building Department for assistance early in the planning phase so you do not
experience any surprises. T he 4500 square foot area trigger in this section is believed to include all
floors and basements excluding garages. This area is based on dimensions taken from the interior side of
exterior walls. By definition this would include sunrooms and sim ilar enclosed areas. The area does not
include an open porch that only has a common wall with the dwelling. Any other floor area enclosed in any
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 11
way contributes to the 4500 square foot area limit. Because the thickness of walls changes when a
basement is finished, you may wish to consider whether or not some interior basement work would reduce
your area below 4500 square feet. Because additions can be made to existing hom es that don’t have
sprinkler systems, you may wish to consider the timing of construction of sunrooms or other portions of the
dwelling if that fits your plans or if the area of those structures places you above the limit. Again, the term
“existing building”, while blatantly clear, is subject to interpretation. Questions have arisen over the m atter of
stairs, bow windows, and two story foyers. The rule states that area is based on floor area without
exclusions for stairs. So one opinion would be that stairs contribute to floor area on each floor. A two stor y
foyer would only have floor area on one story. The area of a bow window would be counted if the floor
joists cantilever over the wall below. It is the exterior wall line that will be considered.
Regarding the design of sprinkler systems, you will be guided by P2904 (if available) or NFPA 13D. DLI has
put in place requirements exceeding those standards by amendment. They include requirements for at
least one sprinkler head in attached garages and one head for every 20 lineal feet of common wall where
attached covered patios, covered decks, and covered porches occur unless the area is 40 square feet or
less. No definitions are provided for the terms “attached covered patios”, “covered decks”, and “covered
porches”. There is likely to be a lack of uniformity in the application of this section. It is important to point
out that P2904 and NFPA 13D do not require any exterior heads or heads in garages. Those documents
were not amended by DLI. Obviously a conflict occurs. The rules of interpretation found in Chapter 1300
do not provide clear guidance other than to further confuse the m atter. You will certainly see conflicting
opinions on this requirement.
Last, if you are considering any alternate construction methods to residential sprinklers when they are
required, you should consult with the Building Department early in the design phase so that you can have
confidence that your concept will be acceptable.
Detailed plans for residential sprinklers must be submitted for review and additional inspections will be
required at various stages of construction. Service sizes must accommodate sprinkler systems. Because
water conditioning systems may restrict flows to sprinkler systems, you would be doing your custom ers a
favor by including the possibility of a water softener in your design calculations. Additional permits and fees
may be applicable.
Amended section R313.4 requires that dwellings containing a state licensed facility have a sprinkler system
as required by the applicable licensing provisions. State licensed facilities are defined in Chapter 1300 as
“State licensed facilities means …. a building and its grounds that are licensed by the state as a hospital,
nursing hom e, supervised living facility, boarding care hom e, or residential hospice.” So if you are
considering the construction of a dwelling cont aining a hospital or nursing home in it or any of the other uses
listed, you will need to provide a sprinkler system in conformance with applicable agency rules.
MN Rules 1309.0314 Smoke Alarms – The application of new smoke alarm rules for existing buildings will
cause significant confusion and inconsistency and you are forewarned. Authors of the text are of the
opinion that the language would require the installation of smoke alarms when a window or door is installed
or replaced in an existing dwelling. But that is not what the text says. The new text states that installation or
replacement of a window or door is an alteration or repair. There is no argument about that. The text is
simply providing examples of what an alteration or repair is. The list is not extensive or exclusive. It is
simply explanatory m aterial. The first exem ption then excludes all work on the exterior surfaces of
dwellings and again provides a list of examples. That list includes, but is not limited to, roofing, siding,
decks, porches, and chimney repairs. Installation or replacement of a window or door is just as much work
on the exterior surfaces as is the construction of a porch or the replacement of siding so, based on how the
rule is written, the application of the rule from previous codes is basically unchanged.
MN Rules 1309.0315 Carbon Monoxide Alarms – This amendment addresses a new requirement for CO
alarms as part of the Minnesota Building Code. In new dwellings or townhouses, CO alarms are required
to be installed within ten feet of all sleeping rooms or areas when fuel fire appliances are installed or if there
is an attached garage regardless of whether there are openings between the garage and dwelling.
Masonry fireplaces are not, by definition, appliances so dwellings containing only those elements do not
require CO alarms. The biggest impact with this rule is its application to existing buildings. Any permit
(plumbing, mechanical, electrical, building) issued for an existing building that falls under the scoping
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 12
provisions of the Minnesota Residential Code triggers the requirement for CO alarms to be installed and
inspected. Access into the dwelling to verify compliance with CO alarm requirements is required and is the
responsibility of the permit holder.
MN Rules 1309.0402 M inimum Compressive Strength of Concrete –
This section changes the com pressive strength requirement for footings
for buildings and structures constructed under the Minnesota Residential
Code from 2500 psi at 28 days to 5000 psi. This can be
concrete with a com pressive strength of 2500 psi with an approved
admixture that provides a water and vapor resistance at least equal to
5000 psi concrete. You will want to alert your redi-mix suppliers
regarding this change. You should be prepared to show that the
appropriate mix was used for the footings at the time of the foundation
inspection by means of batch tickets. The rule applies to attached
garages, detached garages on a slab or with frost footings, dwellings
with frost foundations but slab on grade floors, dwelling additions on
piers such as sun rooms and porches, and decks. The illustration
provided by DLI shows the reason for the requirement.
MN Rules 1309.0404 Foundation and Retaining Walls, Subp. 1 – This amendment contains prescriptive
foundation lateral support requirements in the form of new blocking requirements. The current table has
been amended to include this requirement.
MN Rules 1309.0406 Foundation Waterproofing and Dampproofing, Subp. 1 Dampproofing – This
amendment deletes in its entirety text in the IRC relative to dampproofing. All foundation walls that
enclose space below grade including crawl spaces must be waterproofed. A word of caution here. This
code section only requires water proofing to finished grade. The energy code will require that the
foundation waterproofing extend for the entire height of the foundation wall including the top surface of the
foundation wall.
MN Rules 1309.0602 Wood Wall Framing, Subp 1, Maximum allowable length of wood studs – The
2007 Minnesota Residential Code included a new table prepared by DLI to address heights of wall studs
that were not prescriptively addressed in the model code. This table is based on an allowable deflection
limit of L/120. T he 2015 Minnesota Residential Code now requires the allowable deflection limit to be not
less than L/180 when interior gypsum board is applied. This effectively renders the table unusable for most
dwelling construction applications. This means that any designs intending to use stud lengths exceeding
ten feet must be provided with substantiating engineering.
Because the prescriptive table in the 2007 Minnesota Residential Code did not account for windows or
doors in these tall walls, a new footnote has been added to accommodate openings. The footnote reads
“full height studs shall be provided on each side of the opening, equal in number to the spacing of the
required full height studs multiplied by half the width of the opening, plus one stud”. The spacing of full
height studs listed in the tables is 24”, 16”, 12”, and 8”. The footnote does not identify if the width of the
opening is measured in feet or inches. So if the words were converted to a formula it would be (24”, 16”,
12”, or 8”) X 3/2 (using three feet as an example because inches provides an unrealistic number) + 1 = the
number of studs on each side of the opening. Using 8” spacing, the number of studs on each side comes
to 13! The formula is poorly explained and the results are unrealistic. But since the table can’t be used for
dwellings when gyps um sheathing is used, the point is mostly moot.
MN Rules 1309.0702 Interior Covering, Subp. 2 Vapor retarders - This amendment requires either a
Class I or Class II vapor retarder on the inside of exterior walls in dwellings constructed in Clim ate Zones 6
and 7. You need to determine where in Minnesota Clim ate Zones 6 and 7 exist. The m ap identifying those
areas is in Chapter 11 but DLI has deleted that chapter. All of Minnesota is either in clim ate zone 6 or 7
so the amendment applies statewide and the Climate Zone reference is moot. However, a class II vapor
retarder is permitted “only when specified on the construction documents”. The SONAR states that the
decision on which vapor retarder to use will be determined by “the contractor or design professional”.
Plans must indicate which class of vapor retarder will be used. Note: The vapor retarder required in this
section should not be confused with the “air barrier” required in the residential energy code.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 13
MN Rules 1309.0703 Exterior Covering, Subp. 2a Water-resistive barrier – This amendment requires
that water resistive barriers overlap flashing by a minimum of two inches. This will require that the vertical
leg of flashing be at least 2 inches in height. Laps of either the water resistive barrier or the flashing must
be a minimum of 6 inches. This will be an easily overlooked issue for flashing because this flashing
requirement is in the section on water-resistive barriers and not in the section on flashing.
MN Rules 1309.0703 Exterior Covering, Subp. 3 Exterior plaster – This amendment inserts new
requirements in the code for control joints and expansion joints in exterior plaster. T he provision for control
of expansion “shall be determined by the exterior plaster application designer”. The requirements of ASTM
C 1063 sections 7.11.4 – 7.11.4.4 do not apply. Your exterior plaster designer may be ask ed to provide a
design to address expansion. There is also new prescriptive language for curi ng of exterior plaster.
Plaster applicators will want to review all of the exterior plaster amendments and new IRC text.
There is also a new flashing requirement in this amendment, applicable to all exterior finishes, requiring
flashing at the intersection of the foundation and the rim joist framing when the exterior wall covering does
not lap the foundation insulation.
MN Rules 1309.0903 Weather Protection – This amendment details the requirement for k ick-out flashing.
Kick-out flashing is required on all new buildings. For “existing buildings”, kick-out flashing is required
“when simultaneously re-siding and re-roofing”. An exception excludes the need for kick-out flashing when
re-roofing occurs. T he amendment is silent when only re-siding occurs.
CHANGES IN THE INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE
Table R301.7 Deflection – A revised deflection limits
table is provided and includes specific deflection criteria
for exterior walls with interior gypsum board finishes.
R302.1 Exterior walls. - There are now two separate
tables for fire protection of exterior walls depending on
whether or not the dwelling has sprinkler protection.
Unfortunately, the reductions in fire ratings for exterior
walls only apply when P2904 is used. It is not known if
this is intentional or an oversight. The matter of the
validity of using P2904 com es into play again. Also, the
reduction in setbacks applies only to the dwelling and not
a garage unless the garage has full sprinkler protection.
R303.4 Mechanical ventilation. Where the air infiltration
rate of a dwelling unit is less than 5 air changes per hour
when tested with a blower door at a pressure of 0.2 inch
w.c (50 Pa) in accordance with Section N1102.4.1.2, the
dwelling unit shall be provided with whole-house
mechanical ventilation in accordance with Section
M1507.3. – This new section will require a whole-house
mechanical ventilation system if a blower door test
indicates an air infiltration rate of less than 5 air changes
per hour. There do not appear to be any exceptions for existing dwellings that are expanded. There may
be some confusion regarding the application of this code section. First, the reference to Section
N1102.4.1.2, and others, is problem atic because this section is in Chapter 11 of the IRC and DLI has
deleted that chapter. You will not find that section in the Minnesota Residential Code published by ICC.
Even if it is applicable, you would need to buy an additional code book for this section or obtain the text in
some other way. Second, there is also a sim ilar test required in the residential energy code that has
different satisfaction criteria.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 14
R308.4 Hazardous locations. – This section addresses safety glazing and has been completely rewritten
for clarity. You will want to review requirements for glazing adjacent stairs and glazing and wet surfaces as
those are the areas where changes have occurred.
R310.2.2 Drainage. – This is a new section that requires window well drainage to be connected to the
buildings foundation drainage system.
R317.3.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood used in exterior applications or wet or damp
locations. – The code now requires the use of hot-dipped, zinc-coated galvanized steel, stainless steel,
silicon bronze or copper fasteners for installation of fire-retardant treated wood. This will largely be a
townhouse application.
R319.1 Address numbers. – The code now specifies that address characters must be 4 inches minimum
in height with a minimum stroke width of ½ inch.
R404 Concrete and masonry foundation walls. – This section has been completely rewritten and has
also been amended by the state. In addition to text dealing with structural issues there are new sections on
consolidation of concrete, slump requirements, form materials and form ties, location of reinforcement, wall
openings, support of reinforcement, lap splices, and construction joint reinforcement. The text of some of
those sections follows:
R404.1.2.3.4 Proportioning and slump of concrete. Proportions of materials for concrete shall
be established to provide workability and consistency to permit concrete to be worked readily into
forms and around reinforcement under conditions of placement to be employed, without
segregation or excessive bleeding. Slump of concrete placed in removable forms shall not exceed
6 inches.
Exception: When approved, the slump is permitted to exceed 6 inches for concrete
mixtures that are resistant to segregation, and are in accordance with the form
manufacturer’s recommendations. Slump of concrete shall be determined in accordance
with ASTM C143.
R404.1.2.3.5 Consolidation of concrete. Concrete shall be consolidated by suitable means
during placement and shall be worked around embedded items and reinforcement and into corners
of forms. Where stay-in-place forms are used, concrete shall be consolidated by internal vibration.
Exception: When approved for concrete to be placed in stay-in-place forms, self-
consolidating concrete mixtures with slumps equal to or greater than 8 inches that are
specifically designated for placement without internal vibration need not be internally
vibrated.
R404.1.2.3.7.2 Location of reinforcement in wall. The center of vertical reinforcement in
basement walls determined from Tables R404.1.2(2) through R404.1.2(7) shall be located at the
centerline of the wall. Vertical reinforcement in basement walls determined from Table R404.1.2(8)
shall be located to provide a maximum cover of 1.25 inches measured from the inside face of the
wall. Regardless of the table used to determine vertical wall reinforcement, the center of the steel
shall not vary from the specified location by more than the greater of 10 percent of the wall
thickness and ⅜-inch. Horizontal and vertical reinforcement shall be located in foundation walls to
provide the minimum cover required by Section R404.1.2.3.7.4.
R404.1.2.3.7.3 Wall openings. Vertical wall reinforcement required by Section R404.1.2.2 that is
interrupted by wall openings shall have additional vertical reinforcement of the same size placed
within 12 inches of each side of the opening.
R404.1.2.3.7.4 Support and cover. Reinforcement shall be secured in the proper location in the
forms with tie wire or other bar support system to prevent displacement during the concrete
placement operation. Steel reinforcement in concrete cast against the earth shall have a minimum
cover of 3 inches. Minimum cover for reinforcement in concrete cast in removable forms that will be
exposed to the earth or weather shall be 1½ inches for No. 5 bars and smaller, and 2 inches for No.
6 bars and larger. For concrete cast in removable forms that will not be exposed to the earth or
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 15
weather, and for concrete cast in stay-in-place forms, minimum cover shall be ¾ inch. The minus
tolerance for cover shall not exceed the smaller of one-third the required cover or ⅜ inch.
R404.1.2.3.7.5 Lap splices. Vertical and horizontal wall reinforcement shall be the longest lengths
practical. Where splices are necessary in reinforcement, the length of lap splice shall be in
accordance with Table R611.5.4.(1) and Figure R611.5.4(1). The maximum gap between
noncontact parallel bars at a lap splice shall not exceed the smaller of one-fifth the required lap
length and 6 inches (152 mm). See Figure R611.5.4(1).
Note: Make sure any poured wall engineering submitted after January 24 is based on the 2015
Minnesota Residential Code.
R501.3 Fire protection of floors. – This is a new section that requires all floors that are not protected with
fire sprinkler systems to have a ½” gypsum board or ⅝” wood structural panel lid on the underside. This will
apply to crawl spaces of buildings with sprinkler systems unless the crawl space has full sprinkler protection.
There are a few exceptions. The lid is not required if you use 2X10 or 2X12 dimension lumber. Other
dimension lumber triggers the requirement. You get a total of 80 square feet of floor area that can be
excluded but it must be fireblocked at the perim eter. This also applies to additions to existing dwellings. It
applies to any floor including landings, porches, and decks. It applies to crawl spaces unless sprinklers are
installed in the crawl space. If you use 2X6 or 2X8 dimension lumber, I-Joists, or trusses, the lid must be
applied unless the home has a sprinkler system in accordance with P2904 or NFPA 13D. The rules are
silent on the matter of penetrations by ducts, lights, speakers, and other comm on openings. We have
received inquiries about installation of sprinklers in basements in lieu of the floor protection. The code does
provide an exception to the floor protection when the basement is protected with a sprinkler system in
compliance with P2904 or NFPA 13D. However, if you use PEX for sprinkler piping you would still need
the lid so sprinklers installed in lieu of the lid would need to be hard piped. Sprinkler installations would
require a design by someone who can demonstrate knowledge of the rules.
R506.2.4 Reinforcement support – the code now requires that when reinforcement is provided in slabs on
ground that the reinforcement be supported to remain in place from the center to upper one third of the slab
for the duration of the placement.
R507 Decks – There is a new section devoted to prescriptive requirements for decks. Included in those
rules are:
• There is a requirement for lateral
load connections at a minimum of
two locations per deck (see
illustration). A word of caution
here. T he prescriptive m ethod
applies only when the house joists
are perpendicular to the ledger and
are dimension lumber. It also
requires that floor sheathing
attached to the two floor joists used
for the lateral load connection be
fastened at closer spacing than
elsewhere. If you have conditions
different than the prescriptive
application, you have two choices:
design the deck to be free-
standing or have your design
engineered. There are no
prescriptive requirements when
using I-Joists, trusses, or
dimension lumber joists that are
parallel to the deck ledger.
• The use of composites for exterior deck boards, stair treads, handrails and guardrail systems has a
new approval m ethod. If the product has a label demonstrating compliance with ASTM D 7032, an
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 16
evaluation report is not required and it may be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. You should retain a sample of the labeling and the installation instructions for the final
inspection. Composites used other than where listed here or without the ASTM label can still be used
when an evaluation report exists for the product.
• T he code provides prescriptive attachment m ethods for ledgers to 2-inch nominal band joists by
means of a table and illustrations. In lieu of a 2-inch nominal band joist, a minimum 1x9 ½ Doug fir LVL
rimboard may be used.
• A ledger can be attached to the dwelling over wood structural panel sheathing, gypsum board
sheathing, or foam sheathing not exceeding 1-inch.
• The code prohibits girders from being supported on ledgers. Only joists may be supported on ledgers.
Note: The electrical code has requirements for electrical receptacles in rooms defined as
“ sun roo ms” . This is an often overlooked requirem ent resulting in the need to install
additional receptacles. If you have any questions regarding what constitutes a sun room under
the NEC, please contact the Building Department.
R602.3.5 Braced w all panel uplift load path. – There is a new section that may result in the need for uplift
framing connectors in some cases. You will want to review this code section as it applies to the designs
you use.
R602.7.1 Single member headers. – There is a new table that
provides prescriptive direction on the use of single member headers.
This creates some opportunities to reduce m aterial costs and better
insulate that portion of a wall.
R602.10 Wall bracing. - The wall bracing section has grown from part
of a column in the code some years ago to m ore than 30 pages in
length. There are a myriad of new rules and new prescriptive
solutions. The content is too lengthy to address in this brief report
however you are urged to review the new text carefully. How you
achieve compliance with wall bracing requirements must be
clearly shown on your plans.
R612.4 Garage doors – wind resistant garage doors will continue to be required. The DLI’s Structural
Advisory Committee considered a proposal to delete this requirement since its origins in hurricane failures
in Florida were not applicable to Minnesota. However the Committee, assuming all garages were attached,
were provided with garage doors, and that garage doors are always closed, expressed concern that a failure
of the garage door would allow strong winds to breach the fire separation of the dwelling, expose the attic of
the dwelling, and cause structural damage to the roof of the dwelling.
R703.9 Exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS)/EIFS with drainage. – There are new standards in
place for the use of EIFS.
R703.10 Fiber cement siding. – There are new standards in place for the use of fiber cement siding.
R703.11 Vinyl siding. – There are new requirements and standards in place where vinyl siding is installed
over foam plastic sheathing.
R703.12 Adhered masonry veneer installation. – This is new text in the IRC that states that adhered
masonry veneer must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions, must be
provided minimum clearances to earth, paved areas, and walking surfaces supported by a foundation, and
must be flashed by the means stated.
R802.11 Roof tie-down. – There is a new section on attachment of roof assemblies that provides better
direction on truss and rafter attachments. W hen rafters or trusses are spaced not greater than 24” o.c. and
the uplift force does not exceed 200 pounds, toenails may be used as fasteners. Uplift forces greater than
200 pounds must be resisted by the use of appropriate connectors. There is a table that identifies the uplift
force. Note that it limits the use of the table to overhangs of not greater than 24 inches.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 17
R806.4 Unvented attic assemblies. – There is a new section that permits unvented attic assemblies. If
you choose to use this section be sure the roofing m aterial you use is approved for use on an unvented
attic.
R905.2.4.1 Wind resistance of asphalt shingles. – There is a new standard and classification
requirements for wind resistance for asphalt shingles.
R907.3 Reroofing - Recovering versus replacement. – The prohibition of overlays of roofing has been
deleted. This will permit one overlay of roofing over an existing roof. Some exceptions apply. The code
also clarifies that an existing ice and water barrier may remain and be covered with a new layer of sam e.
R1003.9.1 Chimney caps. – Masonry chimneys must now be provided with rain caps.
SPRINKLER TIDBITS
Additions to existing homes. Multiple inquiries have been made regarding additions to existing buildings
and whether or not sprinklers must be installed. MN amended section R313.2 requires residential sprinklers
in hom es greater than 4500 square feet but exception 2 of this section states: “An autom atic residential fire
sprinkler system shall not be required if additions, alterations, or repairs are made to existing buildings that
do not have an automatic residential sprinkler system installed.” T he Minnesota Residential Code defines
an “existing building” as “Existing building is a building erected prior to the adoption of this code, or one for
which a legal building permit has been issued.” If you have a legal building permit in hand, you can apply
for a permit to construct an addition to that dwelling at any time after the initial permit issuance without
delay and if the original building did not require a sprinkler system, the addition would not trigger a
r equirement for a sprinkler system.
PEX pipe protection. P2904.3.1 requires that CPVC, PEX, and PE-RT pipe be protected from exposure
by a layer of not less than 3/8” thick gypsum board or ½” thick plywood unless exposed piping is permitted
by the pipe listing. One common manufacturer specifies that their pipe must be covered by one layer of
3⁄8" gypsum wallboard, a suspended mem brane ceiling with lay-in panels or tiles weighing greater than
1.35 lbs. per square foot when installed with metallic support grids, 1⁄2" plywood soffits, or one layer of 1⁄2"
plywood. NFPA 13D contains no specific requirement but defers to individual product approvals and
listings.
Testing. Both P2904 and NFPA 13D require testing of sprinkler systems at the working pressure of the
system for not less than 15 minutes. Winter conditions may influence testing.
Where do the dry heads go? MN rules 1309.0313, R313.3, item 2, requires “one dry head for every 20
lineal feet of common wall between the dwelling unit and the covered patio, covered deck, covered porch,
or sim ilar structure”. The code does not say that you must place one dry head in each 20 foot, only that
one head be provided. There is no direction on where the heads should be located. If you had a 20 foot
porch, could the head be at one end or must it be centered? If you had a 40 foot porch, c ould you place
them side by side? The code is silent. For garages, the code requires one dry head within 5 lineal feet of
each door installed between the dwelling and garage.
Sun rooms, patio enclosures, screened living rooms, sprinklers? Questions have been raised about
sprinkler requirements for enclosed rooms that may be constructed over a patio, sun rooms constructed on
columns, and other enclosed living spaces. Some of these spaces may be heated, others may not. At least
one DLI opinion is that unheated living spaces do not require sprinkler protection. This opinion is not
supported by any exceptions in the applicable standards. What it boils down to is if it is enclosed, it requires
full sprinkler protection, if it is open and exposed and exceeds 40 square feet it will need at least one
dry head. Caution must be taken to prevent freezing pipes when a room has three exterior walls and a roof
and is large enough to require m ore than a single head. With network systems each head must be
served from 3 or 4 locations depending on the design.
Can I install a h ybrid system that is part multi-purpose and part network system? Such a system is
not specifically allowed in either standard but could be considered as an alternate method of construction.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 18
Qualifications for designers, contractors and installers. Sprinkler systems that are also part of the
potable water supply can only be installed by properly licensed plumbers. The State Fire Marshal’s office
has the responsibility to enforce a Minnesota Statute that requires that anyone designing or contracting to
install multipurpose potable water piping systems have an annual contractor license issued by their office.
Any individual installing such systems is also required to have an annual license. If the installing contractor
is not the designer of the system, both would need to be licensed. Local building departments have no
authority to enforce these licensing requirements.
Fire protection contractor install residential systems? Contrary to some communications that have
come from the State Fire Marshal’s Office, fire protection contractors are not permitted to install system s
that are part of the domestic water piping system. Written policies from the SFM office state that fire
protection contractors can only install standalone systems.
State Fire Marshal Policy. The State Fire Marshal has on its website Interp FP-09 (2007) that addresses
sprinklers in single- and two-family dwellings and townhouses (IRC P2904 and NFPA 13D). T he interp
states “While the State Fire Marshal Division believes that this system does not fall under the jurisdiction of
Minnesota Statute 299M, the following conditions must be m et:
1 The installed system shall comply in all respects with the national listing.
2 Plans shall be submitted for approval by the local Authority Having Jurisdiction before installation
begins.
3 T he water supply shall be analyzed and confirm ed to be adequate for the proper system operation
before the plans are submitted to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction.
4 The pre-engineered tubing and nozzles shall be confirm ed as the proper size (based on the existing
water supply) to the local Authority Having Jurisdiction.
5 Installing plumbers shall be factory trained and certified for this type of system.
6 The installation shall comply with the applicable provisions of NFPA 13D
7 This policy does not apply to conventionally piped NFPA 13D residential sprinkler systems. All of the
requirements for SFMD Policy FP-01 apply to conventionally piped NFPA 13D systems.
It is questionable what authority the SFMD has in enforcing this policy and it is questionable what
responsibility contractors or local building departments have in adhering to it.
Sprinkler obstructions. Both standards have rules to address obstructions, such as light fixtures and
ceiling fans, pitched ceilings, beams, and open ceiling framing. Designers and installers need to be aware
of those issues.
Shutoff valves. Both standards prohibit a valve used to shut off the sprinkler system unless the valve
shuts off the entire water system.
Signage and water conditioners. Both standards require signs to be posted by the main water shutoff
and designs in both standards can be impacted by the installation of water conditioning systems and even
lawn watering systems. Sprinkler designers are urged to consider designing systems in anticipation of a
water conditioning system.
Antifreeze systems. You don’t want to use an antifreeze system!
Impacts of alterations or finishing previously unfinished space. Because the installation of partitions,
changes in ceiling finishes, and creation of exem pt spaces can impact the effectiveness of a design, plans
for alterations must include revised sprinkler plans. Consideration must be given to the impact of adding
heads to an existing system.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 8)
Title: Minnesota State Residential Code Update Page 19
Meeting: Study Session
Meeting Date: March 9, 2015
Written Report: 9
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
TITLE: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction Projects
RECOMMENDED ACTION: None at this time.
POLICY CONSIDERATION: Staff would like to provide the Council with information
regarding Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) construction projects in the west
metro. Staff has also provided background information regarding the traffic concerns on or
adjacent to the bridge at Hwy 7 and Wooddale.
SUMMARY: MnDOT has a number of projects in the west metro this year. The one the City
has been closely involved with is the Highway 100 reconstruction project. In January, MnDOT
provided staff with details regarding two other projects which will have impacts to traffic in and
around the City of St. Louis Park. These projects are Highway 394 and Highway 494 and more
information can be found at the links below.
• I-394: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/i394minneapolis/
• I-494: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/i494plymouth/
Information regarding Highway 100 can be found at the link below.
• TH100 Reconstruction: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/hwy100slp/
Additional information is in the Discussion section of this report.
VISION CONSIDERATION: St. Louis Park is committed to being a connected and engaged
community.
SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS: Discussion
MnDOT Hennepin County Project Map
I-394 Handout
I-494 Handout
Prepared by: Debra M. Heiser, Engineering Director
Reviewed by: Joe Shamla, Sr. Engineering Project Engineer
Approved by: Tom Harmening, City Manager
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Page 2
Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction Projects
DISCUSSION
Background:
The following MnDOT roads are under construction in and around the City of St. Louis Park in
2015:
• TH100 Reconstruction: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/hwy100slp/
This project is underway. Engineering and Communications staff are attending weekly
meetings to monitor the progress, provide feedback, and coordinate communication. We do
not have a definitive date for the demolition of the Minnetonka Blvd Bridge yet, but will
communicate that information when it is available. This project will be completed in late
2016.
• I-394: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/i394minneapolis/
A resurfacing project on I-394 between Highway 100 and I-94 in Minneapolis will require
reducing the road to two lanes (work on eastbound and westbound I-394 will happen
independently) for 14 days and closing some ramps and the Lyndale Avenue Bridge over
Dunwoody Boulevard. Expected project duration is 28 days.
• I-494: http://www.dot.state.mn.us/metro/projects/i494plymouth/
The two-year project on I-494 will result in a third lane between Highway 55 and the I-
94/694 interchanges, and safer, longer-lasting roads, ramps and bridges. The construction
will require full, weekend closures of the interstate, short and long term ramp closures, and
reducing the road to three lanes on one side of the interstate (two lanes one direction, one
lane in the opposite direction). This project will be completed in fall 2016.
Public Involvement
MnDOT hosted a public meeting on Highway 100 construction at AAA in February. In addition
to an in-depth discussion on the impacts and schedule for the Highway 100 project, they
provided the public with information on these additional projects.
Since then, MnDOT has held three different public open houses on the I-494 project. The
meeting included an overview of the eight mile construction project on I-494 between I-394 in
Minnetonka and the I-94/694 Interchange in Plymouth and Maple Grove. Open house attendees
also learned about other construction projects on neighboring roads: Highways 12 and 610 and I-
394.
MnDOT has also indicated that they will be holding a public meeting on the I-394 work in the
coming months.
Staff has been attending these public meetings to ensure that we are aware of the details
presented, and available to the attendees.
Communication Plan
These are MnDOT projects, so they will be taking the lead on communication. However, City
staff will be supplementing their communication efforts with additional neighborhood outreach.
Staff met to finalize the communication plan for these projects, and will be sharing the final draft
with the City Council.
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Page 3
Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction Projects
Traffic
The City’s Traffic Committee has developed a process for staff to respond to traffic concerns as
they arise. This is a group made up of staff from the police department, engineering, zoning, and
operations. We meet monthly to review questions and concerns that are brought to us by
property owners about traffic and parking throughout the City. However, staff felt it was
important to be more responsive for construction traffic related concerns.
Joe Shamla, Sr. Engineering Project Manager, will be the main point of contact for all questions
regarding traffic associated with MnDOT projects. When a request is received, he will forward
it to the traffic committee. The Police will go out and monitor the situation to see what, if
anything can be done to mitigate the concern. Our goal is to provide a response to traffic
concerns associated with MnDOT projects within 3 business days.
Wooddale and Highway 7
MnDOT completed a warrant analysis for the traffic signals at the ramp terminals. Their warrant
analysis concluded that the intersections did not meet warrants. As a result, they will not agree
to reimburse us for the cost to install these signals. Staff continues to push MnDOT on this
issue. At our meeting in late February, they agreed to additional modelling to see what other
solutions could be implemented. The modelling will complete on Friday, March 6.
B
C
D
A
Updated: January 27, 2015
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9)
Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction Projects Page 4
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction ProjectsPage 5
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction ProjectsPage 6
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction ProjectsPage 7
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction ProjectsPage 8
Study Session Meeting of March 9, 2015 (Item No. 9) Title: Update on 2015 Minnesota Department of Transportation Construction ProjectsPage 9